<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<itemContainer xmlns="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5 http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5/omeka-xml-5-0.xsd" uri="https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/items?output=omeka-xml&amp;page=233&amp;sort_field=added" accessDate="2026-09-18T04:39:14+00:00">
  <miscellaneousContainer>
    <pagination>
      <pageNumber>233</pageNumber>
      <perPage>10</perPage>
      <totalResults>13630</totalResults>
    </pagination>
  </miscellaneousContainer>
  <item itemId="2844" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3075">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/4/2844/img20201023_15054915_[2].jpg</src>
        <authentication>fee0451275dbbcc0e9152fc09394a0bd</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16866">
                <text>Lakehead Technical Institute, Ontario Department of Education</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16867">
                <text>Schools</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16881">
                <text>Universities</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16882">
                <text>Architecture</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16868">
                <text>Black and white photograph of Lakehead Technical Institute, 100 Cumberland North Street, Port Arthur, Ontario. This building served as a temporary location and was built from several army huts that were dismantled and brought to the Lakehead.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16869">
                <text>1947</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16870">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16871">
                <text>Photograph</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16872">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16873">
                <text>Archive u100 P/161 scan# img20201023_15054915</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="2281">
        <name>100 North Cumberland</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1710">
        <name>1947</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="997">
        <name>Lakehead Technical Institute</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="22">
        <name>Schools</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2845" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="14126">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/a3e01eb0d76ef433a45d2f049d1e31cc.jpg</src>
        <authentication>f4b62f4d6568cfc33240087c0f911743</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="1">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="1">
                  <text>Thunder Bay Finnish Canadian Historical Society Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="49">
              <name>Subject</name>
              <description>The topic of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="2">
                  <text>Finnish-Canadians</text>
                </elementText>
                <elementText elementTextId="3">
                  <text>Life in Thunder Bay</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="4">
                  <text>Photographs collected by the Thunder Bay Finnish Canadian Historical Society from a wide range of collectors, documenting Finnish immigration to and life in Thunder Bay. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="39">
              <name>Creator</name>
              <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5">
                  <text>Thunder Bay Finnish Canadian Historical Society</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="45">
              <name>Publisher</name>
              <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="6">
                  <text>Lakehead University Library</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16883">
                <text>Nahjus Athletic Club</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16884">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16885">
                <text>Sports (Nahjus): Nahjus Athletic Club, 1927. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16886">
                <text>1927</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16887">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16888">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16889">
                <text>MG8_D333Hi296 scan#010610-015</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16890">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="2030">
        <name>1927</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2303">
        <name>Ariel Lehto</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2300">
        <name>Armas Randen</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2112">
        <name>group photograph</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2301">
        <name>Manu Nalli</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2298">
        <name>Martha Lake</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2297">
        <name>Nahjus Athletic Club</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2302">
        <name>Ollie Kantola</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2305">
        <name>Peggy Tuomi</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2299">
        <name>Santeri Anttila</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="176">
        <name>sports</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2304">
        <name>William Arnberg</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2846" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="14158" order="1">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/e9b5941fbd97c3cdd095fd60192d996e.jpg</src>
        <authentication>6761c3d19cae7550688caeb1df659aee</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="13950" order="2">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/85882ee3edb0ca322ff493222212d7ab.jpg</src>
        <authentication>c5b14afd40e5a0bea6bb4efe42db6891</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="13951" order="3">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/45188918c3e48f825a6c8075e5d70c48.jpg</src>
        <authentication>92054f50b2b5f0e252df6fc85e7c41cc</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="1">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="1">
                  <text>Thunder Bay Finnish Canadian Historical Society Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="49">
              <name>Subject</name>
              <description>The topic of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="2">
                  <text>Finnish-Canadians</text>
                </elementText>
                <elementText elementTextId="3">
                  <text>Life in Thunder Bay</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="4">
                  <text>Photographs collected by the Thunder Bay Finnish Canadian Historical Society from a wide range of collectors, documenting Finnish immigration to and life in Thunder Bay. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="39">
              <name>Creator</name>
              <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="5">
                  <text>Thunder Bay Finnish Canadian Historical Society</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="45">
              <name>Publisher</name>
              <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="6">
                  <text>Lakehead University Library</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16891">
                <text>Port Arthur Jyry Athletic Club wrestlers </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16892">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16893">
                <text>Sports (Jyry): Port Arthur Jyry Athletic Club wrestlers group photo, 1910s. Coached by A. Oja at Big Finn Hall. Donor: L. Sipila. 3 copies. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16895">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16896">
                <text>JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16897">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16898">
                <text>scan# TBFCHS-H247  MG8_D227Hi247 &#13;
MG8_D227Hi247a &#13;
MG8_D227Hi247b </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="38">
            <name>Coverage</name>
            <description>The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="95046">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="95047">
                <text>Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="1898">
        <name>1910</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2308">
        <name>Alex Sipila</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2313">
        <name>Alfons Oja</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2425">
        <name>Jyry Athletic Club</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="44">
        <name>Port Arthur</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="806">
        <name>Wrestling</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2847" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3078">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/77c67d8d4daf4f3748f8aa2cb5bc937e.jpg</src>
        <authentication>3f65384663ff89bd0ab4a9764f6b16f5</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16899">
                <text>Aerial view of residences</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16900">
                <text>University Life</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16906">
                <text>Architecture</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16901">
                <text>Aerial photograph of residences</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16902">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16903">
                <text>photograph</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16904">
                <text>still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16905">
                <text>UG6-AP-I-78 scan #061107-001</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="97">
        <name>Lakehead University</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2315">
        <name>Residences</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2848" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3079">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/179540342aba69098072cc01f00f12e9.JPG</src>
        <authentication>d6220938c3f39b94f2a12433b538a3d0</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16907">
                <text>Lakehead University men's basketball team versus Yugoslavia, 1970</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16908">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16940">
                <text>University Life</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16909">
                <text>Black and white photograph of Lakehead University men's basketball game versus a team from Yugoslavia. The game is played at a packed C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse. Final score LU 62, Yugoslavia 60</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16910">
                <text>1970-71</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16911">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16912">
                <text>Photograph</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16913">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16914">
                <text>UG6-A-I-128 scan#share1.jpg</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="289">
        <name>1970</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="319">
        <name>1971</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1789">
        <name>Atheltics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="616">
        <name>C. J. Saunders Fieldhouse</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1582">
        <name>Lakehead University Athletics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="397">
        <name>Men's Basketball</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2849" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3081">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/618e98f1d0e11ee99a9e64a4d467ce11.JPG</src>
        <authentication>c2b1ad69849d3a89bb4f27304ded3df2</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16915">
                <text>Lakehead University men's basketball team versus Yugoslavia, 1970</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16916">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16941">
                <text>University Life</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16917">
                <text>Black and white photograph of Lakehead University men's basketball team versus a team from Yugoslavia. The game is played before a packed C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse. Final score LU 62, Yugoslavia 60</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16918">
                <text>1970</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16919">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16920">
                <text>Photograph</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16921">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16922">
                <text>UG6-A-I-127 scan#img_0003.JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="289">
        <name>1970</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1789">
        <name>Atheltics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="416">
        <name>Basketball</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1827">
        <name>C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1582">
        <name>Lakehead University Athletics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="397">
        <name>Men's Basketball</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="2316">
        <name>Yugoslavia</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2850" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3082">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/6c9b6534e39670aa4e43358531605f34.JPG</src>
        <authentication>a0c5addca8077fe5f725ae4df6702c1f</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16923">
                <text>Lakehead University men's basketball team versus Yugoslavia, 1970-71</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16924">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16942">
                <text>University Life</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16925">
                <text>Black and white photograph of Lakehead University men's basketball game versus a team from Yugoslavia. The game is played before a packed C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse. Coach Howard Lockhart is in a huddle with a group of his players. There is a banner Welcome Skopje hanging from the upper row of the fieldhouse. The final score was LU 62, Yugoslavia 60</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16926">
                <text>1970-71</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16927">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16928">
                <text>Photograph</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16929">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16930">
                <text>UG6-A-I-126 scan#img_0002.JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="289">
        <name>1970</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="319">
        <name>1971</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1579">
        <name>Athletics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1827">
        <name>C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1582">
        <name>Lakehead University Athletics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="397">
        <name>Men's Basketball</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2851" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3083">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/edcbe7992e95de5f185adbde41066d15.JPG</src>
        <authentication>58906acc48e43c550f55554d1acafd74</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="4">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="618">
                  <text>Lakehead University Collection</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="41">
              <name>Description</name>
              <description>An account of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="619">
                  <text>Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events,  and campus. </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16931">
                <text>C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse, 1968-69</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="49">
            <name>Subject</name>
            <description>The topic of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16932">
                <text>Sports</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="16933">
                <text>University Life</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16934">
                <text>Black and a white interior photograph of newly constructed C. J. Saunders Fieldhouse. Some athletes are practicing their sport on the basketball court &#13;
&#13;
</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16935">
                <text>1968-69</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="47">
            <name>Rights</name>
            <description>Information about rights held in and over the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16936">
                <text>Public domain</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16937">
                <text>Photograph</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16938">
                <text>Still image</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16939">
                <text>UG6-S-I-1 scan#0001-JPG</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="291">
        <name>1968</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1550">
        <name>1969</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1579">
        <name>Athletics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1827">
        <name>C.J. Saunders Fieldhouse</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="1582">
        <name>Lakehead University Athletics</name>
      </tag>
      <tag tagId="176">
        <name>sports</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2852" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3084">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/c19f5e2236ad99fdefc3662e6dd01909.pdf</src>
        <authentication>c1f19976c2cbfb13e24e0f562bf0fccd</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="56384">
                    <text>�INSTITUTE ON LAKE SUPERIOR GEOLOGY

April 1

2, 1955

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis i4

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis it,.

Institute on Lake

Superior Geology

April

1 -

2,

1955

PROGRAM

8:1.5

a.

April 1, 1955
m. Auditorium, Museum of Natural Eistory
Friday

-

Carl E. Dutton, Chairman
U. S. Geological Survey, Madison, Wisconsin

Welcome:

1.

2.

3.

11.

9:00

F. E, Berger, Director, Center for Continuation Study
J. M. Nolte, Dean of University Extension
G. A. Thiel, Chairman, Department of Geology and Mineralogy
Harold L. James:

Sedimentary fades of iron-formation

10:00

Intermission (Please, no smoking in auditorium)

10:10

David White:

11:10

DiscussIon

12:00

Luncheon

Origin of the Biwabik iron-formation, Mesabi
Range, Minnesota

1:30

Burton Boyum, Gerald J. Anderson, and Tsu-Ming Han:
Progress report on the primary features of the
Negaunee iron-formation, Marquette district,
Michigan

2:30

DIscussion

3:00

Intermission

3:10

Stanley Tyler:

li.:1O

Discussion

On the origin of the Lake Superior iron ores

�UNIVERSITY OF MI1'INESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolie 111

•"titute on Lake Superior Geo1

April 1 -

2,

1955

PROGRAM

Friday

-

April

1, 1955

6:30 p.m. Junior Ballroom, Coffman Memorial Union

0. M. Schwartz, Professor of Geology and Director, Minnesota
Geological Survey

GEOPHYSI CS IN TEE LA STJPERI OR EEGI ON

Gordon Bath, Chairman

U. S. Geological Survey

Charles E. Jahren: Some magnetic susceptibility measurements
on diamond drill cores from the Cuyuna district
Edward Thiel:

Panel

A gravity study of the

Lake Superior syncline

Discussion:

James Baisley, Chief, Geophysical Branch, U. S. Geological
Survey, Washington, D.C.; Harold Mooney, Assistant Professor
of Geophysics, University of Minnesota; George Woollard,
Professor of Geophysics, University of Wisconsin;
Lloyal 0. Bacon, Assistant Professor of Geophysics, Michigan
Institute of Mining and Technology, Houghton, Michigan; and
others.

�UMEVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 11i

April

Superior Geology

Institute on Lake

1 -

2,

1955

PR0RAM
Saturday Morning -

April

2, 1955

9:00 a.m. Auditorium, Museum of Natural History
Carl E. Dutton and S. S. C-oldich, Co-Chairmen

(10-is minutes are allowed for presentation; 5 minutes for discussion)
1.

Robert G. Schmidt:

Stratigraphy in the central part of the Cuyuna district,
Minnes eta

2.

3.

I.

Justin Zimi, Gerald L. Brooks, Theodore Engel, and Richard Hagni:
Studies of stratified rocks occurring below the Huronian
succession in the Marquette district, Michigan

J. F. Wolff, Sr.:
N. King Huber:

Summary of the sub-divisional correlation of the Middle
Huronian iron formations of the Lake Superior district

Environmental control of sedimentary iron minerals

3.

Henry Lepp:

6.

L. C. Kilburn and HIID.B. Wilson:

7.

Alan T. Broderick:

8.

Howard Evans:

9.

Joseph P. Dobeli:
J. E. Dryden:

Nagnetite, maghemite, hematite
Pyrrhotite iron formations

Some notes on the occurrence of oxidation and
soft iron orebodies at considerable depth in
the Iron River district, Michigan

Color photographic record of drill core
Sandstone dikes in Keweenawan lavas

A near surface crystalline mass at Manson, Iowa

�U1IVERSITY OF MENNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis ]A

Institute

on Lake

Superior

Geology

April 1 -

2,

1955

PROGRAM

Saturday
1:00

Afternoon -

April

p.m. Auditorium, Museum

of

2, 1955

Natural History

Carl E. Dutton and S. S. Goldich, Co-Chairmen

Megesoopic petrofabrics used in dociphering structure

1.

James W. Trow:

2.

J. M. Neilson and J. P. Dobell:

3.

F. M. Swain and N. Prokopovitch:

Ii..

James H. Zumberge:

Keweenawein felcites of the Beto Grise
Bay area

Stratigraphy of Minnesota lake deposits

Bottom coring in Lake Superior

5.

Gerald

M. Friecinian:

Progress report on the Mamainse "Diabase," Batchawana,
Ontario

6.

Gerald

E. Anderson:

The ore minerals of the copper-nickel deposits In
the Duluth gabbro

7.

Donald H. Yardley:

8.

M. P. Walls:

Geochemical exploration for nickel and copper In
northern Minnesota

The work of the Hibbing laboratory of the Division of
Land and Minerals

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis

Institute

on Lake

i1i

April. 1 — 2, 19%

Superior Geology

THE ORE MINERALS OF THE COPPER—NICKEL DEPOSITS IN THE DULUTH GABBRO

Gerald

E. Anderson

University of Minnesota,

Minneapolis,

Minnesota

The discovery in 19L1.8 of appreciable amounts

of

copper and nickel

sulfides near the base of the Duluth gabbro south of Ely, Minnesota, has
stimulated field exploration and laboratory studies.

The present work on

the mineralogy of the sulfide mineralization is being done under the auspices
of the Minnesota Geological Survey with the aid of a fellowship sponsored
by the E

J

Longyear Company.

The principal mineralization discovered to date is restricted to a
narrow band in the gabbro near the base.

Definite paragenetic relationships

have been determined between the rock silicates, the magnetite, and the
sulfides, which in order of abundance are chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, cubanite,
pentlandite, violarite, and pyrite—marcasite.
types of sulfide assemblages.

There appear to be two general

In some specimens relatively massive copper

sulfides predominate, whereas in others, pyrrhotite and pentlandite are
more abundant and interstitial to the silicates.
The copper—nickel mineralization is characteristic of most, if not all,
large differentiated gabbroic intrusions.

Brief consideration is given to

some hypotheses to explain the origin of the deposits.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study

Minneapolis Th

Institute

April 1 —

cii Lake Superior Geology

2, l9S

PROGRESS REPORT ON THE PRIMARY FEATURES
OF THE NEGAUNEE IRON—FORMATION,
MARQUETTE DISTRICT, MICHIGAN

Burton H

Boyum,

Gerald J.

Anderson, and Tsu—Ming Han

The Cleveland—Cliffs Iron Company,

Ishpeming,

Michigan

A progress summary is presented describing the primary features of the
Negaunee iron—formation of the Marquette District, Michigan.

The Negaunee

iron—formation is distinctive because of its thickness and uniformity and
may be considered as being a single unit, by contrast with other major
iron—formations of the Lake Superior region in which two to four members
are recognized.

The general setting and the position in the Huronian sec-

tion are outlined.

Nomenclature and historical highlights are reviewed.

The subject of total thickness is developed.
A specific description of the Negaunee iron—formation is detailed.

The

lower contact with the Siamo formation •is examined relative to the "inter—

bedded argillaceous complex".
oolitic zones.

Clastic phases are shown,

together

with

Attention is given to the igneous rocks found in the

Negaunee iron—formation.

Special studies using spectrographic analyses and

oil field electric logging are presented.

The conclusion is reached that

the primary Negaunee formation is remarkably uniform and that local primary
features

cannot

be used as horizon markers for great distances, as these

features seldom extend more than one—half to one mile along the strike or
dip.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis iii.

April 1 — 2, 195

Institute en Lake Superior Geology

SOME NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF OXIDATION AND SOFT IRON OREBODIES
AT CONSIDERABLE DEPTH IN THE IRON RIVER DISTRICT, MICHIGAN

Alan T. Broderick
Inland Steel Company, Ishpeming, Michigan

The earthy to massive hematite—goethite—limonite orebodies in the Iron
River District occur in the oxidized portions of a practically unmetamorphosed
chert—side rite iron formation.
In the writer's opinion, the structural and mineralogic evidence supports
classic theory of origin of these deposits, i.e. that they are the result
of the oxidation of siderite, the transportation and deposition of iron and
the removal of silica by circulating oxygen—bearing meteoric waters.
the

There is considerable evidence that the replacement of chert by iron
oxides and not the leaching of chert is the major ore—forming process.
The circulation has been long held to be artesian. However, since ore has
now been found at about 2000 feet vertically below ledge and through oxidation
down to nearly 3000 feet, topographic and structural arrangements which coi.d
have afforded the necessary hydraulic head have become increasingly improbable.
The writer proposes that heat introduced along the major faults as hot
water or steam provided the energy which caused the circulation. The heavy
cool column of meteoric water in a limb of iron formation cut at depth by one
of these warm channels would tend to move downward in the formation and then
rise in the heated channel. Once established, such a circulation might be
supported by heat from the wall—rocks if the geothermal gradient were steep
enough. Laboratory experiments on the solubility of silica suggest that the
silica—bearing solutions must have been warm.

The tendency of many of the orebodies to lie on structural footwalls of
either older or younger rocks indicates that another gravity—controlled mechanism must also have been operative. The writer believes that this is simply
that the solutions richest in iron, those which would be the most active in replacing the chert, would also be the heaviest and therefore would follow the
bottom of any channel and displace any lighter solutions. This density current
principle alone might be the circulation—causing force in shallow structures or
in cul—de—sac areas lying below the main thermally—stimulated circulation

channels.

In some of the Iron River mines, there is evidence of a post—oxidati.n
period of mineralization that is quite
from the original ore—forming
period. In these areas, irregular mineralized zones occur which cross the normal orebodies. These zones contain specularite, barite, rhodochrosite, quartz,
pyrite, hausrrianite, magnetite, and traces of chalcopyrite, sphalerite, and
pitchblende. These may be the result of a late resurgence of hydrothermal
fluid from the same source as that which stimulated the deep meteoric circulation, or it could be a later, completely independent invasion from a new source.
Radioactive age determination on traces of pitchblende indicate the latter.

distinct

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center

for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 1l

Institute nn Lake Superior Geol

April 1 — 2, 195S

SANDSTONE DIKES IN KEWEENAWAN LAVAS

Joseph P

Dobell

Michigan College of Mining and Technology
Houghton, Michigan
Sandstone

dikes occur in a Keweenawan flow which crops out

at

Bete

Grise Bay on the east side of the Keweenaw Peninsula of Upper Michigan.
Three parallel dikes

fifteen

feet apart were noted.

The thickness ranges

from an inch to eight inches and the length is from seven to eight hundred.

feet.

Two

of

the dikes are a few feet beneath the surface of Lake Superior

and the third occurs just

above the waterline.

The elastic material was injected or wind blown
which parallel the Keweenaw fault.

The dikes are

into

open fractures

megascopically

and

rnineralogicafly similar to the Upper Cambrian Jaccbsville sandstone.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis it
April 1 — 2,

Institute on Lake Superior Geology

l9S

A NEAR SURFACE CRYSTALLINE MASS AT MANSON, IOWA

J. E. Dryden
Department

of Geology, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa

A near—surface occurrence of crystalline rock has been discovered at
Manson, Iowa, 17 miles west of Fort Dodge, Iowa.

Water well records indicate

that it is a flat—topped elliptial mass with an area of approximately
square miles.

It has steeply dipping sides and rises to within 90 feet

of the surface under a cover of glacial drift.

a disturbed area measuring l miles by 2L

The mass is surrounded by

miles.

The rock has been cored to a depth of I90 feet.

Megascopically, the

core is composed of irregularly alternating light gray gneiss, coarse pink
and white feldspar, chioritized breccia and chlorite schist with magnetite.

A study

of

selected thin sections suggests an original syenite gneiss

extensively replaced by albite and

orthoclase.

The entire rock is altered

to kaoliriite and breccjated zones are altered to chlorite.
The lithology suggests that the mass is of pre—Cainbrian age.

The

disturbed area contains sediments reported to be Cretaceous in age.
A

cross section of the area reveals evidence of faulting, but the

relationship of the faults to the crystalline structure has not been
established at this time.

�UNIVERSITY OF 1'ttNNESOTA

Center

for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 14
April 1 — 2, 1955

Lake Superior Geology

istitute

COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD OF DRILL CORE
Howard Evans
Oliver Iron Mining, Research Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota

The usual method of retaining one—half the drill core for permanent visual record has been supplanted by a color photographic record.
The colored photographs, supp1emexted by the core logs have been found
adequate for subsequent reference.

This was done to dispense with the

labor of splitting the core, to overcome the problem of large storage
space and to permit all the core to be available for testing purposes.
The original cost of the equipment and the continuous cost of maintain—
ing the program may seem high, but it is only about one—third the cost
of splitting and storing core.

At the present time, the photographs

from over 300,000 feet of drilling are filed in a space approximately

2' x 4

x 4'. If

this record had been kept as split core it would

have occupied a building 100' x 120' x 10' high, and this space would
allow very little room to work.

If storage area is limited some of

the core eventually will have to be discarded to make room for new core
arriving.

With the colored photographic record of the drill core, the

filing can continue indefinitely without running out of space.

It is

also more convenient, when there is a desire to review the core from a
drill hole, to be able to quickly select the slide from the file, rather
than carry on an extended search for it in a storage house and transport
it to the examination site.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 34

Center

stitute

April 1 — 2, 1955

on Lake Suerior Geology

PROGRESS REPORT ON TRE MANAINSE "DIABASEtt,
BATCHAWANA, ONIARIO.

Gerald N. Friedman

Saalt

Ste. Marie, Ontario, Canada

The Mamainse YtDiabasetl

is

located about 3

miles

north of Sa.tilt

Ste. Marie in the District of Algoma within about six miles of the east
The area is one of the most rugged in Ontario.
shore of Lake Superior.
The Mamainse "Diabase" forms a high plateau with an average elevation
of about 1600 to lOO feet and is intersected by deep fault— and joint—
controlled valleys. The Griffin Lake diabase intrusion, which postdates the Mamainse "Diabase", underlies an area of at least three square
miles at the eastern margin of the Mamainse "Diabase" and rises to an
elevation of 2100 feet towering about 1400 feet above Lake Superior.
The

Mamainse "Diabase" is

a metadiabase and metabasalt

composed of

plagioclase (AnA5O) and hornblende with locally abundant epidote and
chlorite. Its texture ranges from ophitic and poikilophitic to basaltic;
metabasalts of porphyritio texture were noted but are rare. Pillow
structures suggest deposition in a submarine environment.
A complex series of metamorphosed lavas and sediments, and siliceous
iron ore is interbedded with the Maniainse "Diabase" near its northern
and southern margins. This complex sequence was overlain by the main
mass of the Mamainse "Diabase" prior to folding. The rocks maintain
general east—west to N 60°E strike and have a steep dip. Granite
dikes locally cut up the "diabase" and interbedded formations and are
Ln turn cut by later diabase dikes which are probably equivalent to
Moore's Lower Keweenawan. Faults and joints of several generations are
irominent and are locally mineralized with cobaltite, chalcopyrite,
rite, pyrrhotite, molybdenite, carbonate and quartz veins.

The Griffin Lake diabase intrusion is mostly composed of plagio—

e (An502) and subcalcic augite (2 V= 35—44°). Quartz and
opegnatite are abundantly disseminated through the rocks, secondary
nblende is locally prominent and epidote has been noted.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 14
April 1 —

istitute on Lake Superior Geo1o

2, 1955

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OF SEDIMENTARY IRON MINERALS
N. King I-tuber

U. S. Geological Survey, Iron Mountain, Michigan

A recontly developed Eh—pH (th =

bility

oxidation

diagram for hematite, siderite and

potential) iron mineral

pyrite

has been extended to

Lude raagnetite through the utilization of free enerr data for these

als in addition to the solubility data previously used.

Physical—

a1 data supports the probability of primary (or diagenetic)
bite in sedimentary

iron—formations

as suggested by field evidence.

The chemical environments, as indicated by the Eh—pH stability
diagram are sunmarized as follows:

Hematite: Requires oxidizing environment, although stable under
moderately reducing conditions above pH of approximately 5.
Siderite: Stable under intermediate Eh conditions, and apparently
only below pH of approximately 6.5.

Magnetite:

Stable under moderately reducing conditions at pH values

of approximately 6

or

above.

Pyrite: Moderate to strongly reducing environment through normal
pH range.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
Continuation Study

Center for

Minneapolis hi.

nstitute

April 1 —

on Lake Superior Geology

2,

1955

SOME MAGNETIC SUSCEPTIBILITY MEASUREMENTS ON
DUMOND DRILL CORES FROM THE CUYtJNA DISTRICT

Charles E • Jahren

U. S. Geological Survey,

Austin

Junior College, Austin, Minnesota

Measurements of magnetic susceptibility of 57 cores from diamond
drilling in the Cuyuna District were made as part of a geophysical study
by the U. S. Geological Survey and the Minnesota Geological Survey.
Values of susceptibility are

calculated

from the readings of an alternating

current deviation test bridge, slightly modified from commercial design,
and the calculated values are tabulated against footage and generalized
geologic logs.

Susceptibilities of cores with similar

where this seems feasible.
readings
and

from adjacent

values are averaged

The problems of interpreting scattered

core smples, the effects of varying core recovery,

the compari son of values from oxidized and unoxidized core

discussed.

are

�UNIVERSITY OF IffNNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 14

stitute on Lake orior

Gel

April

1 — 2., 1955

SEDIMENTaRY FACIES OF IRON—FORMATION

Harold L. James
U. S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California
The sedimentary iron—formations in the Lake Superior region can be
divided on the basis of the dominant original iron mineral into four prinsulfide, carbonate, oxide, and silicate. As chemical sedi—
cipal facies:
raents, these rocks reflect certain aspects of the chemistry of the deposi—
tional environxients. The major control, at least for the sulfide, carbonate,
and oxide types, was the oxidation potential. The evidence indicates that
deposition took place in restricted basins, which were separated from the
open sea by thresholds that inhibited free circulation and permitted development of abnormalities in oxidation potential and water composition.

The sporadic distribution of metamorphism and of later oxidation permits
primary fades on the basis of unoxidized, essentially
unnetamorphosed material. The sulfide facies is represented by black slates

description of the

in which pyrite may make up as much as 40 percent of the rock. The free—
carbon content of these rocks typically ranges from 5 to 15 percent, indicating that ultra—stagnant conditions prevailed during deposition. Locally,
The carbonate facies
the pyritic rocks contain layers of iron—rich carbonate.
consists, in its purer form, of interbedded iron—rich carbonate and chert.
It is a product of an environment in which oxygen concentration was sufficiently high to destroy most of the organic material but not high enough to
facios is found as two
permit formation of ferric compounds.
principal types, one characterized by magnetite and the other by hematite.

The cie

Both minerals appear to be of primary origin. The magnetite—banded rock is

one of the dominant lithologies in the region; it consists typically of
magnetite interlayered with chert, carbcnate, or iron silicate, or combinations
of the three. Its mineralogy and association suggest origin under weakly

oxidizing to moderately reducing conditions. The hematite—banded rocks consist of finely crystalline hematite interlayered with chert or jasper. Oolitic
structure is common. This facies doubtless accumulated in a strongly oxidiz-

ing, probably nearshore, environment similar to that in which younger hematitic
ironstones such as the Clinton oolite were deposited. The licate faci
contains one or more of the hydrous ferrous silicates (greenalite, minnesotate,
stilpnomelane,

chlorite) as a major constituent.
Granule structure, similar
to that of glauconite, is typical of some varieties; others are nongranular
and finely laminated. The most common association of the silicate rocks is
with either carbonate— or magnetite—bearing rocks, which suggests that the
optimum conditions for deposition ranged from slightly oxidizing to slightly
reducing. AU of these rocks show evidence of post—deposition, pre—lithifica—
tion changes (diagenesis), which in general have produced minerals characteristic of one step lower in the oxidation—potential scheme.

�UNIVERITY OF ffNNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis

Institut on Lake Superior ology

14

April

1 — 2, 1955

Harold L. James
Page 2

The generalized facies characteristics of the iron—formations in the
principal Lake Superior districts are summarized as follows:
1. Mesabi. Most of the Biwabik iron—formation is of the oxide facies,
principally magnetite—banded, with a large amount of granular silicate rock.
White's study has shown that the oxide—silicate rocks of the main Mesabi
grade westward into carbonate and sulfide facies.
2. Ouyuna.
Principally silicate and carbonate rocks, verging toward
the sulfide facies (which accounts for the high—phos, high manganese ores).

Similar to the Mesabi, with magnetite—banded oxide facies
3. Gogebic.
and silicate facies predominant. Magnetite—banded rock grades locally into
carbonate iron—formation, but much of the carbonate in the rocks can be shown
to be the result of diagenesis.
4. Marquette. Lower part of the Negaunee iron—formation is carbonate
fcies, which grades upward into silicate facies and that in turn to rock of
the oxide facies that forms the uppermost part of the formation.

The Vulcan iron—formation is almost entirely of the oxide
5. Menominee.
facies; the lower member appears to be principally magnetite-banded rock; the
upper member is principally hematite—banded rock.
6. Iron River—Crystall Falls district.
The main iron—formation is
carbonate facies, which is underlain by and gradational into a 50—foot black
slate bed that contains 35—40 percent pyrite.

The relationship between the iron—rich rocks and volcanism, stressed by
many, is believed to be structural, not chemical: in the Lake Superior
region both iron—deposition and volcanism are related to geosynclinal develop—
rient during Huronian time. In Michigan, the lower Huronian rocks are iron—
poor quartzite and dolomite-—typical "stable—shelf" deposits; most of the
upper Huronian consists of iron—poor grayiacke and slate with associated
volcanic rocks—a typical "geosynclinal" assemblage. Thus the iron—rich
beds of the middle Huronian and lower part of the upper Huronian were deposited
during a trasitional stage in structural history. The major environmental
requirement for deposition of iron—formation is the closed or restricted basin;
this requirement coincides in time with what would be a normal stage in evolu—
tion of the geosyncline: namely, structural development of offshore buckles
or swells that subsequently develop into island arcs characterized by volcanism.

�UNIVERSITY OF 1INNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis iL'.

stitute

April 1 — 2,

on Lake Superior Geology
FYRRHOTITE IRON FORMATIONS
L. C. Kilburn and H. D. B. Wilson
University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada

Large numbers of pyrrhotite iron formations are being discovered in
the

Canadian shield by airborne magnetic and electromagnetic surveys.

One

common type of pyrrhotite iron fonnation consists of banded pyrrhotite—
magnetite

mixtures in banded cherts and tuffs.

other types

of

These deposits like many

pyrrhotite deposit are barren of other base metal mineralization.

Laboratory experiments show that H23 reacts with magnetite and converts
it to pyrrhotite at temperatures as low as LOO° C.

Iron silicates are con-

verted in part to pyrrhotite at somewhat higher temperaturs.
It is proposed that this type of banded pyrrhotite—magnetite deposit is
a normal cherty iron formation which has been metamorphosed by heat and
reaction with a sulphur—bearing gas, possibly H2S, to produce pyrrhotite
from some of the magnetite and possibly from some of the iron—bearing
silicates.

�UNIVERSITY OF i1INNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis iL

April

Thstitute on Lake Superior Geology

1 —

2, 19SS

MAGNETITE, MAGHEMITE, HEMATITE

Henry Lepp
University

of

Minnesota,

Duluth Branch,

Duluth,

Minnesota

Differential thermal analyses of magnetite specimens show that magnetite

goes through two stages of oxidation when heated in air. The first stage
occurs at temperatures between 200 and
to

S60°

C, and its intensity is related

the fineness of the specimen. The second stage begins at approximately

6°

C

It

and it is often not complete even at ioSo° C.
is suggested that the first stage is a surface phenomena involving.

the formation of maghemite (gamma Fe203) on the

amount of

maghemite

specimen,

and of

a

formed is a function of

the speed of oxidation.

magnetite nuclei.

The

the specific surface of the

The second stage results from

complete breakdown of the magnetite structure with oxidation to hematite

(alpha Fe203).
The behavior of synthetic siderite with respect to oxidation supports
the foregoing explanation for the mechanism of magnetite oxidation.
is commonly first oxidized to magnetite.

Siderite

Rapid oxidation of synthetic

siderite at moderate temperatures produces gamma

Fe203 as an end product,

whereas slow oxidation of the same material results in the formation of
alpha—Fe203.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis iL'.

Institute

on Lake

Superior Geology

April 1 —

2, 19SS

KEWEENAWAN FELSITES OF THE BETE GRISE RAY AREA

J.

14. Neilson and

J.

P. Dobl1

Michigan College of Mining and Technology, Houghton, Michigan

Recent field and laboratory studies have been undertaken at the
Michigan College of LiLining

and Technology

in an effort to determine the

origin of certain felsite masses in the Bete Grise Bay area of the
Keweenaw Peninsula.

The felsite masses

occur

of interbedded lava flows and conglomerates.
felsite
and

in the Keweenawan series
Earlier workers mapped the

occurrences and suggested intrusive relationships

for some bodies

extrusive relationships for others. Results of the present work in—

dicate that thc felsites are

rhyolitic differentiates of a magma which

provided the chemically—related lavas of the region, and that some felsite

masses bear intrusive relations to the older rocks while others were extruded as highly viscous flows.

Criteria are presented for the field

recognition of both types of felsitic occurrence.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNiSOTA

Center for Continuation Study
iviinneapolis 1)4

April 1

Institute on Lake Superior Geo1ogr

—

2,

195

STRATIGRA.PHY IN THE CENTRAL PART OF
THE CUYUNA DISTRICT, ItINNESOTA

Robert G. Schmidt

U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.

(ie stratigraphy of the Cuyuna district has been shown to be much
simpler than was previously believed. Almost all of the iron ore and mangan—
iferous iron ore produced in the district is mined from one well—defined
stratigraphic unit, here referred to as the "main" iron—formation. Other

sediments may be roughly grouped as older or younger than the main iron—
formation, and the stratigraphic positions of the other rocks are usually
measured from it.

The elastic sediments are dominated b3r argillites and siltstones. Part
of the argillites older than the main iron—formation are sandy or silty,
and there are lenses of quartzite near the contact with the iron—formation.
Between 1,000 and about 2,000 feet stratigraphically below the iron—formation
fine quartz siltstones are abundant. These siltstones are the oldest rocks
that have been examined in this study.

The main iron—formation is the best—knvwn stratigraphic unit in the
district. Its lithologic variations are similar to some "typical" pre—Cambrian
iron—formations in other districts. Extensive changes in lithology and
thickness take place in short distances along the strike.
Two general lithologic types have been recognized and mapped. The
thin—bedded fades is a thinly laminated rock, which may contain any combination of chert, siderite, minnesotaite, stilpnomelane, and magnetite. The
thick—bedded Lacies is composed of chert and red and brown iron oxides. In
part of the district, the entire iron—formation is thick—bedded, in part it
is all thin—bedded, and in about one third of the area the thick-bedded facies
overlaps the thin-bedded facies and grades downward into it. Several lines
of evidence suggest——but do not prove——that the thick—bedded facies was
deposited in shallower water. In general, where the iron—formation is thin,
the thick—bedded facies is present or dominates, granular textures may be
present, and there are quartzite lenses in the adjacent older sediments.
The younger sediments are generally finer elastics, partly ferruginous
and partly carbonaceous. Tuffaceous argillites, tuffs, and lava flows make
up the 300 feet immediately overlying the main iron—formation .J The volcanic
rocks and some associated argillites, which are assumed to be reworked tuffs,
are characterized by an unusually high Ti02 content, generally 1 to )4 percent and averaging about 2 percent. This itaniferous zone can be easily
mapped even where the stratigraphic position of sediments cannot be determined
by other means. It is therefore useful in the solution of stratigraphic problems.
Part of the younger argillites is abnormally ferruginous and locally grades
into lenses of lean "upper" iron—formation. The relation of these lenses to-a
particular stratigraphic horizon is not known, but it is probable that they
are not all of the same age. They have not been found closer to the main
iron—formation than SOO feet. The transitional contacts of these lenses
contrast with the sharp contacts of the main iron—formation

.

�UNIVERSITY OF IviIINESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 114.

Institute

on Lake

Superior

April

Geology

STRTIA?HY

1 —

2, 19S5

OF MINNESOTA LAKE DEPOSITS

F. M. Swain and N. Prokopovich
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota

Samples
been studied •

County;
County;

of

the bottom sediments of several lakes in Minnesota have
The

lakes include Minnetonka, Hennepin

Johanna, Ramsey County; Cedar,

County; Prior, Scott

Wright County; Burntside, St. Louis

and Beaver Bay area, Lake Superior. A preliminary report of the

results of

these studies will be presented.

�uNIvERsir OF MINNESOT

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis lLi.

Institute on Lake Superior Geology

April 1 —

2,

195S

A GRAVITY STUDY OF THE LJKE SUPERIOR SYNCLINE

Edward Thiel

University

of Wisconsin, Madison,

Wisconsin

Six years ago the Geophysics Section at Wisconsin began a program of
regional gravitational mapping in the western United States and .1aska. The
first traverses leading westward from Madison across the northern mid—contiIn some cases
nent in 19)49 detected regions of abnormally high gravity.
this "high" was flanked on both sides by gravity "lows" • As the data accumulated it became evident that the anomalous area formed a more or less linear
feature, offset in several places, extending from the Lake Superior region
southward into Kansas. On the south, the anomalous area was blanketed by
Paleozoic sediments, and the scarcity of deep boreholes made interpretation
difficult. Therefore, the cause of the anomaly was sought first at its
northern end, about Lake Superior, where the pre—Canibrian rocks outcrop,
facilitating a correlation of gravity and geology.
In the Lake Superior area the large regional anomaly is associated with
rocks of Keweenawan age. Positive Bouguer anomalies occur over the dense
lava flows of the Keweenaw Peninsula, northwestern Wisconsin, northeastern
Minnesota, and Isle Royal; these anomalies reach +60 mgals in Wisconsin and
Minnesota. The gravity "lows" occur over basins filled with low density
sediments of Upper Keweenawan age; the most striking example is the —90 mgal
low on the Bayfield Peninsula.
second thick accumulation of sedimentary
rocks is suggested. to underlie the —90 mgal low at Cinber1and. The structre
exhibited by the. Pale ozoic rocks (River Falls Syncline) in the Curaberland
region may represent only the last stage in the development of the more
fundamental Keweenawan structure at depth
Steep gravity gradients indicate the Douglas Fault. A second major
symmetric to the Douglas Fault is mapped in northwestern Wisconsin on
the opposite side of the Lake Superior Syncline. The center of the syncline
has been thrust upward between the two faults as a horst. The interruption

fault

of the positive anomaly near eUon is related to the intrusion of a granitic
mass. Further detailed geologic correlation is presented in six structure
sections along lines of gravity traverse.
An isostatic correction cannot significantly reduce the gravity differentials in the Lake Superior region. Complete local isostasy cannot
exist here, but regional isostasy which considers the "highs" and "lows"
together may prevail. A "geological correction" which takes account of
geology to a radius of 20 miles from a station and to a depth of 38,000
feet was computed for gravity stations in Wisconsin. Such a correction
accounts for the greater part of the anomalies. Any attempt to compute
variations in the thickness of crustal layers without first allowing for
the near—surface geology would have led to serious error in this region.

�UNIVERSITY OF IVaNNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis it1.

Institute

on Lake Superior

April

Geology

1 —

2, l9S

MEGASCOPIC PETROFABRICS USED IN DECIPHERING STRUCTURE
James W. Trow

U. S. Geological Survey, Michigan State College, East Lansing, Michigan

Megascopic rock fabrics are integrated with lithology, gross structure,
and microscopic petrofabrics in an outline of

the

sequence of

orogenic

events of late Huronian time in a part of Dickinson County, Michigan.

The

fabrics of these Huronian and pre—Huronian rocks are compared to the fabrics
of a somewhat similar lithologic sequence of' Cambro—Ordovician and pre-

Cambrian rocks of Dutchess County, New York, described in detail in the

literature by Robert Balk, and briefly examined by the author of the
present paper.
Statistical equal—area diagrams of rock fabrics support the conclusions

that the rocks of the Dickinson County area experienced i) late-Huronian
deformation within the pattern determined largely by the anisotropism of
the pre—Huronian rocks, 2)
and

strong

following dip—slip underthrusting and ramping, 3) deformation in same

instances facilitated by the
ding and

the

strike—slip movement contemporaneous to

development of slip cleavage parallel to bed-

gneissic foliation, and L1.) metamorphism of

waning stages

of

the orogeny.

basic

intrusives during

�flTI1jSITy OF IvtENNESOTA

Center
titute

k

for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 14
April 1 — 2, 1955

prior Geology

ON THE ORIGIN OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR IRON ORES

Stanley

University

A. Tyler

of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin

The origin of the Lake Superior iron ores has intrigued geologists for the
past one hundred years. Concepts pertaining to ore genesis advanced by Foster
and Whitney, Whittlesey, Lapham, Brooks, Irving and Van Hise, Van Hise and
Leith,

Gruner and Tyler are briefly summarized as a basis for discussion

Although many diverse opinions have been expressed regarding the origin
ores there seems to be more or less general agreement among the more

of the
recent

1.

workers upon

the following points:

The iron formations

of

the Lake Superior region were originally comquantities of iron

posed dominantly of silica, with important but subordinate
carbonate, iron silicate, iron oxide and iron suiphide.

2. The iron ore is largely a residual product formed by alkaline oxygen—
bearing solutions which oxidized the ferrous minerals to the ferric state and
removed the silica in solution.

.

Migration of iron and replacement has played an important part in the
development of some — perhaps many — ore bodies.
4. Fractures, faults, joints, breccia zones, bedding planes, dikes, sills
and impervious sedimentary horizons have exerted a marked control upon the path
that the ore forming solutions took through the iron formation.
5. The period of ore formation was largely if not entirely restricted to
the pre—Gsxnbrian.

In

contrast, general lack of agreement, diverse opinions and some controversy has centered around the following points:
1. Whether the solutions that oxidized the iron and leached the silica
were rising hydrothermal waters or cold descending meteoric waters.
2. Whether the silica that was leached from the iron formation during the
process of ore formation was largely in the form of chert (quartz)..:or largely
in the form of iron silicates such as ninnesotaite, stilpnomelane, chlorite
and grunerite.

Thiphasis placed upon hot waters, alkaline waters or a silicate facies of
the iron formation as necessary requisites for ore formation calls for the
most optimum conditions for ore formation. Since the time factor is unknown
it seems more probable that the ores may have developed rather slowly under
less optimum conditions. Mineralogical and chemical evidence is cited to substantiate the concept that both acid and alkaline solutions have passed through
some of the iron ore bodies of the Lake Superior region.
is

The iron formation is considered to be a peculiar sedimentary
sensitive to the presence of oxygen and to the loss of silica.

cept leads to the conclusion that the ores may have formed
under differing sets of environmental conditions.

rock which
This con-

at different times

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
Continuation Study
Minneapolis 14

Center for

Institute

on Lake Superior Geo1

April 1

2, 1955

THE WORK OF TEE RIBBING LABORATORY OF THE
DIVISION OF LAND AND MINERAlS
M. P. Walle

Division of Land and Minerals, Department of Conservation, Ribbing,
Minnesota
Following is a list of the more Important activities:
1.

Geophysical work In connection with state-owned properties, or
along public roads to check possibilities for ore or rock materials, largely magnetic and resistivity surveys. Of special
Importance are areas south of the Iron formation Involving Cretaceous ore possIIiitiee, for example In the region between
Buhi end Kinney. Resistivity tests are uscful west of ovey
where the xnagietIc survey does not help, because of the nonmagnetic character of the iron formation.

2.

Exploration work on state permits and leases. This Includes
visual classification for separating the formatIon into Its
four main divisions and for sorting of ore materials Into mercharitable ore, wash ore, jig ore, and magnetic and non-magnetic
taconite. Stratigraphic work in the mines is also carried out.

3.

An important service is supplying Ir.formaion on drill records
and access to drill cores of work done on state lands. The
sample library at Hibbing supplements the U. S. Bureau of Mines
core library at Fort Snelling.

4.

Development of a circuit on the Dinge-Davis magnetic separator
permitting separation of samples Into high-grade concentrates,
magnetic middlings, arid non-magnetic tailings. This separation
facilitates microscopic and spectrographic examinations.

5.

Ground mapping of certain areas of state-owned land where
anomalies are shown by aerial magnetic surveys.

6.

Study of the Duluth gabbro contact areas of Interest for copper,
nickel, and other metals.

7.

Cooperation with various organizations in the preparation of
symposiums on mining and geology.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
Center for Continuation Study

Minneapolis

Institute

iL

April 1 —

on Lake Superior Geology

2, 19%

ORIGIN OF THE BIWABIK IRON—FORI&amp;ATION,
MESABI RANGE, MINNESOTA
D.

A. White

Carter Oil Company,

Tulsa, Oklahoma

The later Precambrian Animikie group in northeastern Minnesota consists
of three sedimentary units: the Pokegama (quartzite), Biwabik (iron—rich
rock), and Virginia (argillite) formations. "Mesabi range" designates the
preglacial outcrop belt,
to 3 miles wide and 120 miles long, of the
Biwabik formation.

Varieties of iron—rich rock ("taconite") are either granular or slaty
and consist dominantly of chert, iron silicates, magnetite, and siderite.
The Lower Cherty, Lower Slaty, Upper Cherty, and Upper Slaty members of
the Biwabik formation, which averages 600 feet in thickness, can be further
subdivided into smaller lithic units. These members are relatively uniform
along most of the range, but only one cherty and one slaty member exist on
the Westernmost Mesabi, where the lithic units are intertongued. The
Pokegama, Biwabik, and Virginia formations are considered conformable.
Chert, greenalite, ininnesotaite, stilpnomelane,
and siderite probably formed
rocks are essentially unmetamorphosed.

magnetite, some

hematite,
The

either during or shortly after deposition.

The Poke galna and

Biwabik formations were probably produced by the

migration of a series of coexisting environments of deposition during an
advance, a retreat, and a second advance of the Animikie sea. The deposits
formed,

during the retreat, in successive environments seaward from

shore,

were clastic material, carbonaceous—pyritic mud, chert—siderite, chert—
magnetite, and iron silicate. Fine clastics of the Virginia formation,
perhaps furnished by an outburst of volcanic activity, spread across the
former environments of chemical sedimentation. Possible conditions of iron
sedimentation were as follows: derivation of iron and silica by weathering
of a low—lying land mass, perhaps under an atmosphere rich in carbon dioxide,
and a seasonal climate; tectonic stability; and deposition in a shallow,
quiescent epicontinental sea.

�UNIVERSITY OF NNESCJIA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis 14

April 1

Institute on Lake Superior Geolojr

2,

1955

SIJNMRY OF THE SUB—DIVISIONAL CORRELATION
OF THE MLDDLE HtJRONIAN IRON—FORMATIONS
OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR DISTRICT

J. F. Wolff, Sr.
Duluth, Minnesota

For a

generation or more there has been general agreement among
of the Lake Superior District, that, based on general geologic
associations, the major iron—ore producing formations of the (older)
Middle Huronian series of iron bearing rocks were of the same general
age and broadly of similar character.
geologists

A great many geologists have known, especially of later years, that

fairly comparable subdivisions of this Middle Huroniari iron—formation
can

be found

in the different districts.

The presenter of this brief contribution is not aware of the publication of any correlation diagram which shows major subdivision of the
older iron—formation of Mesabi, Cuyuna, Gogebic, Marquette and old Menominee
districts into four main layers and even the division of some of these
into minor layers having similar characteristics.
This contribution presents such a correlation diagram in color,
projected on a screen for convenience of the audience. Four major divisions
of the iron—formation are shown,—from the top down being — Upper Slaty,
Upper Cherty, Lower Slaty and Lower Cherty, lying between a basal quarteite
and quartz—slate and an overlying very thick black—slate and graywacke in
places, which locally has a conglomerate and quartzite—quartz—slate at its
base,
A very great erosion period intervened between the top of the Upper
Slaty and the beginning of deposition of the Upper Huronian conglomerate—
quartzite—slate series of rocks so that in places only remnants of the
Upper Slaty Division are left. In the main area of the Marquette District
there is no remnant of it so far as the writer knows but north of Crystal
Falls at the Arnasa—Porter mine,
was found at the top of the Negaunee
iron—formation.
A few of the minor subdivisions are shown on the diagram.

it

The major unconformity between Upper and Middle Huronlan rocks is
shown graphically, and the relative position of the Upper Huronian iron—
formations of the Iron River, Crystal Falls, Florence, Menominee, Marquette—
Gwinn, Gogebic and cuyuna districts is shown also on the diagram, which was
compiled from aU available sources, including the author's work or visits
in all the districts and interviews at different times with geologists
active in the several areas.

Minor details may be controversial especially with respect to the
greenstones in the Iron River, Crystal Falls and Florence districts whose
position in the geologic column may still be open to question and further
exploration evidence.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study

Minneapolis l

Institute

April 1 —

on Lake Superior Geology

2, l9S

EXPLORATION FOR NICKEL AND
COPPER IN NORTHERN MINNESOTA

GEOCHB1'1ICAL

Donald H

University

of Minnesota,

Yardley

Minneapolis, Minnesota

Geochemical tests for nickel and copper in glacial soil from the Ely
district show that pronounced anomalies overlie mineralized Duluth gabbro
The geochemical pattern demonstrates that the mineralization is parallel
to the gabbro—granite contact, but 300 feet or so from the contact.

The

profiles of copper distribution are similar to the nickel profiles, with
copper present in greater amount.

Both metals are confined to the finer

soil fractions.

The processes by which the heavy elements migrate is not clear.

It

is believed that natural earth currents may play some part in distribution
of the heavy elements.

The vertical distribution is being tested to facili-

tate investigation of the process of migration.

�UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
for Continuation Study
Minneapolis iL

Center

Institute

on Lake Superior Geolor

April 1 —

2, 19SS

STUDIES OF STRATIFIED ROCKS OCCURRING BELOW THE HtJRONIAN
SUCCESSION IN THE MARQUETTE DISTRICT, MICHIGAN

Justin Zinn, Gerald L Brooke,
Theodore Engel, and Richard Hagni
Michigan State College, East Lansing, Michigan

Several remnants of metamorphosed stratified rocks are known to occur
along the margin of the Marquette syncline or adjacent to nearb;,r Huronian

synclines in the Marquette district.

greater

These remnants are

age than the Mesnard quartzite

apparently all of

Three such remnants have been

restudied so far and they are the Lake 'nchantment (Mud Lake) sediments, the
Holyoke formation and the Kitchi schist.

The restudies included detailed

mapping and petrographic examination of the rocks of each area in the attempt
to eatablish more definitely the age and origin.
The Holyoke formation and the Lake Enchantment sediments overlie the
Keewatin greenstones with marked

tion

unconformable contacts and the Kitchi forma-

is believed to have a similar relationship.

belong

These formations therefore

to the time interval between the Keewatin and

in Michigan.

Each of these

sedimentary

the base of the Huronian

remnants is distinctly different

from the others and they are not believed to be of the same age.

The

Holyoke formation appears to be tillite and it may provide a clue in correlating

the Michigan Huronian with that on the north shore of Lake Huron.

�UNIVERSITY Oi MINNESOTA

Center for Continuation Study
Minneapolis iL'.

Institute

April

on Lake Superior Geology

1 — 2, 1955

BOTTOM CORING IN LAKE SUPERIOR

James H. Zuinberge

University
During

sediments

the

of Michigan, Ann

sruner of 1953

of Lake Superior.

several

Arbor, Michigan

cores were recovered from the

bottom

The research was accomplished through a coopera-

tive venture between the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service and The Great Lakes
Research Institute, a research organization of the University of Michigan
dedicated to scientific investigations of the Great Lakes.
The cores were obtained with a gravity coring rig which consisted of a
weighted 5—foot length of 3—inch diameter pipe to which two 10—foot sections
of 2—inch I. D. diameter pipe was attached •

The maximum core recovery was

about 8 feet.

Ten cores were taken at Stations between Keweenaw Bay and Isle Royale,
and Grand Marais, Minnesota and Bayfield, Wisconsin.
fine grained ranging from clay to silt size.
cores is their color variation.

The core material is

The chief difference in the

Sortie are reddish, ranging from 10 R 3/2 to

2.5 YR 5/2 (Munsell), while others are grey.
is red and the lower 1 foot is grey.

In one core the upper 6 feet

No relationship between color and depth

of water or color and geographic location is apparent.
A mineralogical study of one core recovered in 630' of water showed that
the composition is about 75
clay minerals.

percent

quartz and feldspar and only 25 percent

The latter group include kaolinite and a possible interlayered

chiorite—illite mineral as indicated by X—ray diffraction studies presently
under way at Ohio State University.

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="19">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="16970">
                  <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <itemType itemTypeId="1">
      <name>Text</name>
      <description>A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text.</description>
    </itemType>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16944">
                <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology: Proceedings, 1955</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16945">
                <text>Proceedings of the Institute on Lake Superior Geology, University of Minnesota, April 1-2 1955. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16946">
                <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16947">
                <text>1955</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16948">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16949">
                <text>English</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2853" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3086">
        <src>https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/319737665e4e4e9fe870d76d13c8daee.pdf</src>
        <authentication>497c207e45c1c9701e58ec0f9bc66e67</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="56386">
                    <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology

GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION

A collection of twelve papers and three panel discussions
presented at the Institute on Lake Superior Geology,
Houghton, Michigan, 1956

The Michigan College of Mining and Technology Press

�2 (5100x6600x16M tiff)

�Copyright 1957

by

The Michgan College of Mining and Technology

Noughton, Michigan

Lithoprinted in U.S.A.

EDWARDS BROTHERS, INC.
Ann Arbor, Michigan

�A Publication of Papers Delivered at the

Institute on Lake Superior Geolopy

Houghton, May l!-12, 1956

on

Geological Exploration

Steering Committee

A. K. Sneigrove, Chairman; Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
L. 0. Bacon, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
W. Been, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
B. H. Boyurrt, Cleveland—Cliffs Iron Company
A. T. Broderick, Inland Steel Company

W. L. Daoust, Michigan State Geologist
J. P. Dobell, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology, Treasurer
R. W. Drier, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
C. 1E. Dutton, U. S. Geological Survey
G. A. Hoffman, Jones &amp; Laughlin Ore Company
V. E, Kral, Ford Motor Company
W. A. Longacre, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
A. N. Macintosh, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
N. H. Manderfield, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
J. M. Neilson, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
J. R. Rand, White Pine Copper Company
i. Royce, Pickands Mather &amp; Company
L. C. Smith, North Range Mining Company

K. Spiroff, Michigan College of Mining &amp; Technology
M. E. Volin, Michigan College of Mining &amp; lechrtology
K. L. Weir, U. S. Geological Survey

Cosponsors

Michigan College of Mining and Technology
Geological Survey of Michigan
Exploration Subsection, Upper Peninsula Section)
American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical and

Petroleum Engineers

'UI

�Contents

Regional Structural Setting of the Michigan Native Copper District
by Walter S. White, U.S. Geological Survey
Copper Mineralization at the White Pine Mine, Ontonagon County, Michigan
by John R. Rand, Consulting Geologist, White Pine Copper Company
Comments on Preceding Papers

Page
3

17

18

by T, M. Broderick, Calumet, Michigan
Geology and Mineral Deposits of the Man itouwadge Lake Area, Ontario
by E. G. Pye, Ontario Department of Mines
The Blind River, Ontario, Uranium Area
by S. M. Roscoe, Geological Survey of Canada
Magnetic Prospecting for Iron Ores
by W. George Wahl, Consulting Geologist, Willowdale, Ontario
Relationship of Gravity to Geologic Structure in Michigan's Upper Peninsula
by 1. 0. Bacon, Michigan College of Mining and Technology
Geological Factors Affecting Beneficiation of Lake Superior Iron Ores
by M. E. Volin, Bureau of Mineral Research, Michigan College of
Mining and Technology
Geological Characteristics of Michigan Iron Ores Affecting Beneficiation (Panel)
by Alan T. Broderick, Inland Steel Company
The Relationship of Diagenesis, Metamorphism and Secondary Oxidation to the
Concentrating Characteristics of the Negaunee Iron Formation of the

26

40

49
54

59

60
63

Marquette Range (Panel)
by G. J. Anderson and Tsu Ming Han, The Cleveland—Cliffs Iron Company

The Nature and Beneficiating Properties of Michipicoten Siderites (Panel)
Part I. Distribution and Nature
by A. M. Goodwin, Algoma Ore Properties, Limited
Part II. Beneficiating Properties
by D. R. Dorrance, Aigoma Ore Properties, Limited
Distribution of Trace Elements in Soil Fractions
by D. H. Yardley, University of Minnesota
Trends in Geochemical Exploration
by H. E. Hawkes, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Applied Photogeology
by W. Warren Longley, Consultant, Aero Service Corporation,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Modern Techniques of Photogeology and Photogrammetry in Natural Resource
Development

by John C. Bayless, Abrams Aerial Survey Corporation, Lansing, Michigan

70
74

76
86
94

102

�FOREWORD

This publication is the record of the Institute on Lake Superior Geology which was held at the

Michigan College of Mining and Technology, Houghton, Michigan, on May II and 12, 1956.
The theme of the Institute was Geological Exploration and its purpose was to review exploration
developments on both sides of the international border in both practice and theory.
The Institute was made possible through the full cooperation of governmental agencies, the
mineral industries, the institutions of higher education represented, and by private consultants who
gave freely of their rich background of experience. All of the speakers were specially invited as
leaders in their fields. The Institute is particularly indebted to the United States Geological Survey,
the United States Atomic Energy Commission, the Geological Survey of Canada and the Ontario
Department of Mines.
The considerable task of transcribing the tape—recordings of several of the papers and all of the
discussions was efficiently performed by Mrs. Marian 1. Hoyt, Secretary of the Department of
Geology and Geological Engineering, Michigan College of Mining and Technology. These discussions are reported in semi—colloquial style.

The three cosponsors, The Geological Survey of Michigan, the Exploration Subsection of the
Upper Peninsula of Michigan Section of the American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical and
Petroleum Engineers, and the Michigan College of Mining and Technology, join in thanking most
cordially the participants and are glad to share with them the satisfaction of service to the
profession of Geology.

A. K. Snelgrove

��REGIONAL STRUCTURAL SETTING OF THE

MICHIGAN NATIVE COPPER DISTRICT*
by

Walter S. White

Introduction

The native copper deposits of Michigan ore in mafic lovas and conglomerate beds of middle
Keweenawan age. These rocks crop out all around the Lake Superior basin (Fig. I). Although

Fig. — Generolized geologic mop of the Loke Superior region. Modified ofter Leith,
Lund, and Leith (1935, pl. I)
I

*Publ;cation authorized by the Director, U.S. Geological Survey.

3

�the lavas, in particular, contain small amounts of copper almost everywhere, over 97 percent of the
native copper mined from the region has come from a single area less than 30 miles long and only 2
or 3 miles wide — about I percent of the total area in which lavas of middle Keweenawan age form
the bedrock. This paper proposes a possible explanation for this apparent concentration of economic
deposits. The explanation is admittedly a very great oversimplification of a complex problem, but
though we may not know all the reasons for localization of an ore deposit or district, we have useful
if not infallible, tools for exploration when we know one or more of the most fundamental reasons.
If the explanation proposed here is a correct one, it suggests one measure of the relative promise of
various parts of the Lake Superior basin, and may even have application in other areas of the world
with thick accumulations of basaltic lava.
The general characteristics of the native copper deposits of Michigan have been described
many times, and need not be reviewed in detail here. The most complete description is by Butler
and others (1929), and briefer summaries can be found in Lindgren (1933, p. 517—527), Bateman
(1950, p. 496—498), and other textbooks. The copper district (Fig. 2) lies on the south flank of the

MILES

GENERALIZED GEOLOGIC MAP OF MICHIGAN
COPPER DISTRICT SHOWING PRINCIPAL MINES
IN PLAN
0
Fig. 2 - Middle Keweenawan lavas (unshaded) dip 25 0 — 70 NW. Mines, shown by dark
shading, are numbered as follows: I. Baltic amygdaloid mines (Champion mine at south-

west end); 2. Atlantic mine; 3. Isle Royale mine; 4. Quincy mine; 5. Calumet &amp; Hecla
mine; 6. Osceola amygdaloid mine (workings partly beneath Calumet &amp; Hecla mine); 7.
Kearsarge amygdalod mines. The village of Houghton is just north of the Isle Royale mine

and the village of Calumet is underlain by workings of the Calumet &amp; Hecla mine.
Keweenawan basin, and the stratified rocks of the district dip northwest toward the center of this
The lavas of middle Keweenawan age (unshaded in Fig. 2) have dips that range from 25° to
70° NW., with the steeper dips prevailing near the Keweenaw fault. The sandstones of late
Keweenawan age dip more gently. The Keweenaw fault is a reverse fault that separates the lavas of
middle Keweenawan age From the more or less flatlying Jacobsvilte sandstone, of upper Keweenawar
or Cambrian age.
basin.

Native copper occurs as fillings in the amygdules and interstices of the Fragmental tops of individual lava flows. This copper is associated with a number of other secondary filling minerals,
principally chlorite, calcite, prehnite, epidote, and quartz, with subordinate red potash feldspar
and zeolites. Some copper is found as interstitial Fillings and replacements in rhyolite conglomerate
beds lying between a few of the lava flows; nearly 40 percent oF the copper from the district came
from the single major conglomerate ore body discovered to date.

4

�Individual ore deposits are large in terms of area (Fig. 2). The amygdaloidal top of the
Kearsarge flow has been continuously mined for six miles along the strike, and for nearly a mile
down the dip, on the average. The ore body in the Calumet and Hecla conglomerate at Calumet
covers an area of more than three square miles in the plane of the conglomerate bed. The thickness
of the individual flow tops and conglomerate beds in these and other ore bodies ranges, at most
places, from about 5 to 25 feet. The average grade of ore that has been mined from the lavas is
probably a little less than 1 percent, whereas that from the Calumet and Hecla conglomerate averaged between 2 and 3 percent.
The origin of the copper deposits has been debated for many years, as befits a district that has
been prominent in the literature of mining and geology for more than a century. Some features of
their origin, however, now seem well established. The copper is definitely epigenetic where it is
present in sufficient abundance to make ore deposits. There is also good presumptive evidence that
the copper moved up rather than down the dip of the amygdaloidal layers and conglomerate beds to reach its resting place in the present ore deposits. Detailed evidence on these important points has
been presented by Butler and others (1929, p. 101—127) and Broderick and others (1946, p. 690—693,

Knowledge of the reasons for the location of individual ore deposits and of the district
itself, therefore, must stem at least in part from an understanding of what lies down the dip from the
present deposits, where the copper presumably came from. This area is deeply buried, and we cannot hope to inspect it, but we can make some educated guesses about it, based on what can be seen
at and near the surface.
696—697).

Keweenawan Paleogeography

The Keweenawan basin or syncline was formed primarily by downwarping during or since latest
Keweenawan time. Even the youngest Keweenawan rocks locally have nearly vertical dips. The

basin is also a basin of accumulation; that is, the downwarping began during the time the lavas and
sediments themselves were filling the present basin. This s shown by the fact that the malorstrati—
graphic units thicken down the dip toward the center of the basin.

Evidence for the direction of flow of the lavas nearly everywhere indicates that the lavas have
flowed outward from the center of the basin towards the margin. Pipe amygdules at the base of lava
flows commonly show southward flow in the Michigan copper district (Butler and others, 1929, p. 26—
27) and westward flow on the Minnesota coast (Sandberg, 1938, p. 818—820). This evidence for flow
toward the margin has generally been taken to indicate that the vents themselves were located in the
center of the basin, but this need not necessarily be true. As will be shown below, the copper
district probably lies closer to the center of the present basin than any part of the Lake Superior
region in which lavas of middle Keweenawan age are now exposed, but so far as is known, it contains no dikes that might have served as feeders. In contrast, dikes and sills are fairly common in
the Keweenawan series of Minnesota, farther from the center, and many unmetamorphosed basaltic
dikes that may well be Keweenawan in age cut the Huronian rocks that surround the Keweenawan
basin (Van Hise and Leith, 1911, p. 411). Lava extruded anywhere within, or even on the rim of a
physiographic basin would flow to the lowest point and then spread out from there. Outward
spreading of the lavas from the center of the basin, therefore, does not necessarily indicate that the
feeders were in the center, and the distribution of dikes suggests that many of the vents, at least,
may have been at or outside the margins of the basin.
The petrology, abundance, and distribution of so—called Keweenawan dikes throughout the Lake
Superior region deserve more study.
5

�Some conglomerate beds seem to have been deposited by streams flowing inward from the margins
of the basin. This is shown by foreset beds and imbrication of pebbles in the Houghton conglomerate
(White, 1952), and by foreset beds in the Baltic (No. 3) conglomerate at the Champion mine (most
southwesterly mine on Baltic amygdaloid as shown on Figure 2). The conglomerates and sandstones
of late Keweenawan age on the south limb of the basin contain numerous foreset beds, and these
consistently indicate northward flow of streams. Finally, the middle, and particularly the upper,
Keweenawan sedimentary rocks contain fragments of pre—Keweenawan metamorphic rocks; these
could hardly have been carried into the basin by streams flowing outward from the center.

If the lavas flowed toward the margin of the basin, and streams depositing conglomerate beds
flowed toward the center, we have an apparent paradox — one or the other would seem offhand to
have flowed uphill. The paradox can be resolved if the floor of the basin was nearly flat, and if t
was being more or less continuously warped downward by tectonic movement to form the basin. As
long as filling by lava kept pace with downwarping, the lava surface would be essentially flat or
slope very gently toward the margins (cf. Sandberg, 1938, p. 818, 820—821), and streams could not
extend out into the basin. They would presumably be ponded at the margins (cf. Fuller, 1950, p.
67, and Pardee and Bryan, 1926, p. 15—16, on the Columbia River basalts), or be diverted to flow
parallel to the margin of the basin. When extrusion of lava was interrupted for any extended
period of time, however, continued downwarpng would then produce a topographic basin into which
streams could flow, depositing conglomerate beds. Conglomerate beds, therefore, represent
interruptions in the steady accumulation of lava flows, It may be very significant that the first flow
of lava above conglomerate beds, that is, the first flow after such an interruption, is very commonly
a flow of extraordinary thickness (Broderick, 1935, p. 553—554); if the steady downwarping of the
basin was more or less compensated isostatically by lava filling the basin, the longer such compensatory filling were postponed during an interruption, the greater might be the outpouring that
terminated the interruption.

Although in a general way the present tectonic basin probably coincides with this ancient basin
of accumulation, the margins of the first are not everywhere parallel to the margins of the second.
In the Michigan copper distrct, the present strike of the beds is northeast, but the flank of the old
basin of accumulation seems to have had a more easterly trend here. Several criteria suggest this
more easterly trend.
(I) Though reliable data are scarce, the best available evidence indicates that major strati—
graphic units generally increase in thickness down the dip (Butler and others 1929, pI. 20, provides
the best example), as would be expected in a basin, If this thickening is more or less normal to
the basin margin, lines of equal thickness, or isopachs, should be more or less parallel to the
basin margins. Figure 3 shows the general orientation of isopachs at two places; the symbol at
Calumet is based on the stratigraphic distance between the Allouez and the Calumet and Hecla
conglomerates in the Calumet and Hecla mine; the symbol farther northeast represents the trend of
lines of equal thickness of the Greenstone flow at the Allouez No. 3 mine.

A dike, apparently fed from the interior of the flow while it was still molten, cuts the upper

I. All the orientation features of Figure 3 have been corrected for the present dip of beds; they are
shown with the orientation the features would have if the beds were tilted back to the horizontal.

6

�Fig. 3 — Features suggesting orientation of ancient margin of the Keweenawan basin

part of the Greenstone flow 9 miles northeast of Calumet. This dike is at a place where the Green—
stone Flow thins abruptly from over 1000 Feet to less than 500 Feet (Davidson and others, 1955), and
seems to be more or less parallel to the axis of thinning; it is here assigned the-same significance as
an isopachous line, though the apparent parallelism may be just a coincidence.

(2) Another feature, here called pinchand_swellh1, has the same general east—west orientation.
The fragmental tops of individual lava flows are typically thicker in some places than in others, as
has been described at some length by Butler and others (1929, p. 31—32). An amygdaloidal flow top
can range in thickness from less than 5 feet in the thin places to over 60 feet in the thick. An
isopach map of a given arnygdaloidal flow top, plotted in the plane of the top, might show either
irregularly interspersed patches of thick and thin fragmental amygdaloid or highly elongate bands of
thick amygdaloid separated by parallel bands of thin. The widths of individual bands of thick or
thin flow top range from a few tens to a few hundreds of Feel, and their length may be measured in
thousands. These alternating bands of thick and thin amygdaloid are presumciby primary features
that originated as the lava flowed.
The orientation of elongate patches of thick and thin fragmental amygdaloid (pinch—and—swell)
can be measured locally where the patches happen to be well exposed in accessible mine workings,
but the evidence for their orientation at most places is indirect. Thickness of fragmental amygdoloid
is at least one important factor affecting the location of ore shoots within the major deposits; the
thicker parts of a copper—bearing flow top are generally more favorable than the thinner (Butler and
others, 1929, p. 109, 192, 200—201, 219), and lean or barren streaks that are controlled by thinness
of the flow top are conspicuous on stope maps and grade maps of some mines (Butler and others, 1929,
pls. 39-49). Though for many reasons it would be most hazardous to use a grade or stope map as a
faithful representation of the distribution of thick and t}in fragmental amygdalod, most large and
prominently elongate rich and lean streaks probably reflect differences in thickness (pinch—and—
swell) where they are not related to faults or crosscutting veins.
The orientation of pinch—and—swell of flow tops as inferred from stope and grade maps is shown

in Figure 3. Assuming that this structural feature formed during flow of the lava, one w"-' 7

�it to be either a feature that lies parallel to the direction of flow or perpendicular to it. The general parallelism of the pinch—and—swell with the two isopachous lines is apparent, so it is assumed that
the pinch—and—swell lies perpendicular to the direction of flow of lava, and generally parallel to
the margin, or shoreline, of the basin.
(3) The three arrows in Figure 3 show the direction of stream flow as suggested by primary

features in certain conglomerate beds interbedded with the lavas. The arrow north of Catumet
represents the direction of flow of the streams that deposited the Houghton conglomerate as shown by
imbrication of pebbles and foreset bedding (White, 1952). At the Allouez No. 3 mine, where these
measurements were made, the Houghton conglomerate attains thicknesses of more than 25 feet along
an axis striking slightly west of north, and thins to a foot or less within 1500 feet to the east and
west of this axis. This axis is presumed to coincide, more or less, with the direction of flow of the
stream or streams that deposited the conglomerate bed.

Similar axes can be drawn parallel to thick parts of the Calumet and Hecla conglomerate in the
Calumet and Hecla mine (Butler and others, 1929, p1. 38, "Plan showing thickness of lode"). The
arrow west of Calumet represents the orientation of these axes. The absolute direction of stream
flow — whether north—northwest or south—southeast — has not been established beyond question in the

Calumet and Hecla mine, and the workings are inaccessible at present, so the head of the arrow may
conceivably be shown at the wrong end; the head is shown at the north—northwest end by analogy
with the arrow for the 1-loughton conglomerate because the lens of Houghton conglomerate at the
Allouez No. 3 mine is in many detailed respects a small—scale replica of the lens of Calumet and
Hecla conglomerate at Calumet.
The arrow southwest of Houghton represents the direction of stream flow shown by foreset beds
in the Baltic congtonierate at the Champion mine. The direction of flow here seems to have been
nearly at right angles to the direction at the other two localities. At the other two localities, the
direction of flow is normal to isopachs, and is presumed to be normal to the basin margins. The
direction of flow at the Champion mine would thus seem to have been parallel to the basin margin,
and may represent a stream diverted along the edge of a lava flow that spread out from the center of
the basin.

To sum up the evidence afforded by primary features of the lava flows and conglomerate beds,
these features have two distinct trends at right angles to one another (Fig. 3), one slightly north of
east and the other slightly west of north. These features can be logically related to the orientation
of the ancient basin margin or "shore lines", and indicate that the margin trended slightly north of
east in the area of the Mchigan copper district. The present strike of the rocks is northeast,
diagonally across the trend of the ancient margin, so we may infer that the rocks northeast of
Calumet, for example, represent more central parts of the ancient basin of accumulation than the
rocks southwest of Houghton. The useful application of these orientation data will be discussed
after consideration of the gross structure of the basin as a whole.

Structure of the Keweenawan Basin

Tangible evidence for the configuration of the Keweenawan basin is only fragmentary. The
Keweenawan rocks are completely buried by younger sediments in the vicinity of Minneapolis and
farther southwest, and perhaps also in parts of the peninsula between Lakes Superior and Michigan
(Fig. I). East of Ashland, Wisconsin, the whole central part of the basin is covered by the waters
of Lake Superior, and even the rim is under water in over 95 percent of the area east of the longi—
8

�hide of Keweenaw Point (40 miles east of Calumet). Attempts to determine the shape of the basin,
therefore, must be based primarily on extrapolation from the attitudes of the rocks in the relatively
small proportion of the whole area where they are exposed. When magnetic and gravmetrk data
ace available for the whole region, particularly the area covered by Lake Superior, our present
guesses can be considerably refined.

The general attitude of bedding is known in all the areas where middle and upper Keweenawan
rocks are exposed (Fig. ). In places like the copper district and a few others it is also possible to
measure locally the rate at which the dip flattens toward the center of the basin. West from the
longitude of Keweenaw Point, therefore, cross—sections can be constructed with some degree of
control on both sides of the basin, In drawing sections, one has some latitude in the selection of
curves used to connect the dips on opposite flanks. One can, as one exfreme, assume that the dips
flatten rapidly toward the center of the basin, and that the beds are horizontal over most of the
basin, beginning just a few miles in from the upturned margins of the basin; this construction gives
a minimum depth for the structural basin. At the opposite extreme, one might assume that the
curvature s more or less evenly distributed across the entire width of the basin; this construction
gives a maximum depth for the structural basin. The second extreme — uniform distribution of
curvature — is demonstrably in error in the copper district, where not only the dip but also the rate
of flattening (rate of decrease of dip) generally decrease toward the center of the basin.

Another rough limit is set by the known thickness of the Keweenawan rocks; the lavas of middle
Keweenawan age are probably of the order of 20,000 feet thick in the copper district2, and these
are overlain by at least 15,000 feet of sedimentary rocks of late Keweenawan age. The minimum
depth of the base of the lavas in the center of the basin is therefore of the order of 35,000 feet, and
may be greater if the stratigraphic units thicken appreciably toward the center of the basin, as they
seem to do.

Within these various limits, the most reasonable constructions that can be made suggest that the
base of the lavas lies somewhere between 35,000 and 50,000 feet below sea level in the middle of
the basin.
By drawing sections across the basin at intervals, assuming some particular type of curvature,
one can develop a structure contour map that shows the shape of the basin. Figure 4 shows such a
structure contour map; this particular example is based on the assumption that the sharpest curvature
is on the south limb, where the dips are steepest, and gives almost a minimum depth — the horizon
contoured lies 15,000 feet or more above the probable base of the lava series. The general shape of
the basin is about the same if other assumptions are made, and the principal difference introduced
by these other assumptions is in the absolute depth. The general position of the deepest part is not
materially changed. This is a logical consequence of the fact that the dips are gentler on the north
limb than on the south - this asymmetry makes the deepest part lie nearer the southern limb almost
regardless of the type of curvature assumed.

Over 15,000 feet of lava are exposed in a single section in the Delaware quadrangle (Cornwall,
1954), a little east of the main part of the copper district, and here, as in the copper district
proper, an unknown but probably large thickness of lavas at the base of the middle Keweenawan is
cut out by the Keweenaw fault.
2.

9

�6-

-0
\—

LL0UEZ CONGLOMERATE BED

DIAGRAMMATIC STRUCTURE CONTOUR MAP
OF PART OF LAKE SUPERIOR BASIN
50 MILES

Fig. 4 — Contours in thousands of feet, represent the approximate depth below sea level
of the horizon of the Allouez conglomerate; this bed is probably at least 15,000 feet
above the base of the lava series over most of the contoured area.

The principal chance for error in a construction like Figure 4 lies in the possibility that there
are important faults or reversals of dip out in the basin. Little can be done to evaluate or attack
this particular problem without geophysical data in the area covered by Lake Suprior.
Figure 5 is a highly simplified and locally modified version of Irving's map (1883, pl. 28)

TED.
Hibbing

MIDDLE KEWEENAWAN LAVAS EXPOSED
.— —'

Minn€ois/

(

St. Paul

0

_- /

GENERAL OUTLINE OF MIDDLE
KEWEENAWAN GEOSYNCLINE.

Form line contours, generalized
after Irving, suggest configuration
200 Miles
00

Fig. 5 — Form—line Contour Map of the Lake Superior Basin Northeast of Minneapolis.
Numbers refer to areas mentioned in text.

10

�showing the general configuration of the whole basin or geosyncline northeast of Minneapolis3. The
heavy line outlining the area of lavas of middle Keweenawan age has been added. Though the interval between Irving's form lines represents strafigraphic thickness rather than vertical depth, these lines
are virtually synonymous with structure contours where the dips are gentle. The most central line
(deepest contour) of Figure 5 is taken from Irving's map without modification, except for a little
smoothing at the east end; the oval area outlined by the dotted line is the area enclosed by the
20,000—foot contour of Figure 4, reproduced here to show the general correspondence. The form lines
at the east end of the basin are, of course, based on very scant data.

Metamorphism in Depth

We have no first hand evidence to tell us what modifications, if any, deep burial in the center
of the basin may have induced in the Keweenawan rocks, particularly the lavas. The present thermal
gradient at Calumet is remarkably uniform to a depth of 5,488 feet, and averages 18.1 ± 0.23° C/km
(Birch, 1954, p. 19). Extrapolating this gradient to depths of 35,000 to 50,000 feet suggests that the
present temperatures at those depths may be somewhere in the vicinity of 200° to 285° C. If the lavas
accumulated fast enough to preserve some of their original magmatic heat wIthin the pile, temperatures
in depth may well have been considerably higher in the late Keweenawan or early Paleozoic time than
they are now. Temperatures of the order of 300° C probably characterize the higher grade parts of the
green schist facies, if not actually the epidote—amphibolite facies.
The fragmental tops of many of the lava flows must originally have been rather loose, rubbly
After burial, their open spaces were presumably filled with ground water, and this
water would be carried on downward as the lavas became ever more deeply buried. One can only
speculate about the ultimate fate of this water and the permeable rock containing it when it was
carried downward into a region where the lithostatic pressure was of the order of 2700 — 4000
atmospheres, and the temperature between 2000 and 3000 C, or higher. 5ome of the water would
certainly combine with the rock minerals to form hydrous metamorphic minerals such as chlorite and
perhaps actinolitic hornblende. The porous fragmental flow tops would be least partially crushed.
The combination of crushing of the rock and heating would presumably drive some 9f the contained
water toward the surface along the relatively open channelways afforded by the fragmental flow tops
and conglomerate beds.
aggregates.

If we make the assumption, without attempting here to further bolster it with arguments from
theoretical and experimental work on hydrous systems, that this water of essentially metamorphic
origin was the principal agent of native—copper deposition in the middle Keweenawan rocks, we can
develop from this assumption a logical structural reason for the location of the principal copper
deposits.

Location of the Copper District
Perhaps the most interesting feature of Figure 4 is the position of the deepest spot. In any given
bedding plane or flow top, the shortest path to the surface from this deep spot would lead to an area

3. A large positive gravity anomaly suggests that the syncline, with its associated lavas, extends
southwest into central Kansas, where it abruptly terminates (Thiel, 1956, pl. I).

•11

�at the southwest end of the copper district proper, which ends about 10 miles southwest of Houghton.
If water of metamorphk origin were driven directly up the dip by heating and crushing in this deep
spot, the maximum amount of water should emerge in the vicinity of and lust southwest of the mines
on the Baltic amygdalod (Fig. 2), with decreasing amounts farther southwest and northeast. It is
considered highly significant that all the important and most of the minor native—copper mines of the
Lake Superior region are within 25 miles, horizontally, of the oval area bounded by the 20,000
foot contour in Figure 4. Less than 2 percent of the native copper from the region has come from
beyond this 25 mile limit.

Within this area of malor production, there is notably asymmetric geographic distribution of the
producing mines. As noted above, the shortest path up the dip from the deepest spot would reach
the surface 10 or 15 miles southwest of Houghton, at the southwest end of the copper district proper.
The productive mines northeast of this point of emergence have yielded over 97 percent of the
native copper produced in the region, whereas those to the southwest have yielded less than 2 percent. This proportion may be changed as exploration finds new deposits or as lower—grade ores are
mined in the future, but it is nonetheless a remarkable difference, and one that requires explanation.
The following explanation of the asymmetry is suggested.
Earlier paragraphs described certain primary features oriented parallel to the basin margin.
These include a structural feature here called pinch—and—swell", consisting of elongate patches in
which the thickness of fragmental material in certain fragmental flow tops is appreciably greater or
less than average. In the mines of the copper district, this linear element seems to be typically
oriented nearly east—west (Fig. 3). In terms of permeability, the pinch—and—swell structure should
make a flow top notably anisotropic — flow of solutions in a given flow top should be far easier in an
east—west direction than in a north—south. Solutions moving up the dip from the deep spot shown in
the center of Figure 4, therefore, would be continually steered off towards the east in their upward passage, producing the copper district proper where we now find it, rather than farther southwest, more nearly up the dip from the deep spot.

To the extent that this explanation is correct, the lack of parallelism between the present
strike of the rocks and the strike of the ancient basin margin is an important element leading to the
localization, and perhaps even the existence of the Michigan copper district. Where the ancient
basin margin and the present strike of bedding are parallel, the trend of the pinch—and—swell
structure would not have a component parallel to the dip of the bedding, and up—dip movement of
solutions would be relatively inhibited; flow should take place more readily, under the same hydrostatic pressure, where the pinch—and—swe1 rakes up the dip.

Summing up, two structural conditions may govern the very limited distribution of native copper
deposits. First, the copper district proper is very close to, and almost up the dip from a particularly deep part of the Lake Superior basin. Second, the copper district lies on the limb of a major
identation in the flank of the Lake Superior basin (see Fig. 5), in a place where the present margin
is not parallel to the margin of the old basin of accumulation. Primary structural features like the
pinch—and—swell structure rake up the dip in this area, providing conduits leading from the deep
spot to the surface. In places where the present and original basin margins are parallel, as they may
be elsewhere, channels governed by the pinch—and—swell might be far less favorably oriented;
these places would capture a smaller amount of the solutions moving out from the bottom of the
basin.

It should be emphasized at this point that the enrichment of-the Michigan district in copper is
only relative; as was pointed out in the introduction, there are minor amounts of natve copper in

12

�the lavas all around the Lake Superior basin. In many places enough copper has been found to encourage extensive prospecting. In addition, the amygdaloids and conglomerates are filled with
secondary minerals throughout the basin, lust as they are in the Michigan district. So mineralizing
solutions have apparently moved upward and outward in all directions from the deeper parts of the
asin4. The Michigan district seems to be unique only in that it may have captured more mineralizing water from the deepest parts of the basin than other areas — enough more to make the deposits
commercial. As one possibility, more water may actually have flowed through the productive
amygdalods of the copper district than through those of other areas because of the favorable system
of channelways. Or, as another possibility, the water that fiowed through the rocks of the copper
district may have contained more copper than elsewhere because it came from the deepest part of
the basin, where the most crushing and metamorphism presumably occurred.

Deposits in Other Parts of the Basin

If channelways leading efficiently to deep spots in the Lake Superior basin are the chief factor
in forming ore deposits, the chances for deposits in other parts of the basin can be at least roughly
appraised. We can look first for other places in the region where the pinch—and—swell structure in
flow tops rakes diagonally down the dip towards a deep spot. The type of information needed to
definitely establish the trend of the pinch—and—swell structure can only come from rather extensive
underground exposures, so outside the copper district one must depend on indirect evidence.

The copper district lies on the west flank of a major indentation in the present basin (Fig. 5).
The form lines that define this indentation in Figure 5 are arcs, and the trend of the pinch—and—
swell structure in the copper district can be approximated by chords of these arcs. This is perhaps tc
be expected if the indentation is not a feature of the ancient basin of accumulation, but is a later
feature of tectonic origin — the trend of features like the pinch—and—swell that are presumed to be
parallel to the ancient basin margin should have a course that follows the gross configuration of the
basin, unaffected by the indentation.
A basis therefore exists for inferring an orientation of the original basin margin, and of the
pinch—and—swell structure that seems to be parallel to it, where other indentations are superposed or
the broadly arcuate form of the basin as a whole. Two such indentations appear on Figure 5, one
just west of Michipicofen Island (Area 9) and another at Isle Royale (Area 7). Chords across the
arcs in the form lines at Michpicoten Island strike northwest, and at Isle Royale they strike east—
northeast. Channels with these orientations at these places would not, apparently, rake down into
particuJary deep parts of the basins. Solutions would have to cross the inferred trend of channels
at both places to reach the surface from the deepest adjoining part of the basin. So in respect to
channelways governed by pinch—and—swell, at least, the ideal conditions of the Michigan copper
district do not seem to be repeated in any other place where middle Keweenawan rocks are now
exposed at the surface. The most promising place for a repetition of the ideal condition is on the
east flank of the indentation which bears the copper district on its west flank — unfortunately this

4. The ubiquitousness of the native copper and its associated secondary minerals in the lavas
hroughout the area of the Lake Superior basin — an area over 400 miles long and 100 miles wide —
an important reason for looking to some process of regional extent, such as is suggested here,

ither than to local intrusive bodies, as a source for the copper and associated minerals.

I3

�area is well covered by Lake Superior. In one other area, about 45 miles west of Ironwood (east
end of Area 5, Fig. 5), channelways probably rake down the dip, but the structure of the basin in
this area is too little known to permit an estimate of the relative depth of the basin into which such
channelways might lead.
Proximity to deep spots is the second basis for search for other favorable areas. Southwest of
the copper district proper, in an area 15 to 40 miles southwest of Houghton, there are a number of
mines which have produced over 5 million pounds of copper apiece, even though the total production
from this area is less than 2 percent of the total for the region. This indicates that commercial
deposits can be found even where channelways controlled by the pinch—and—swell structure may not
be favorably oriented. This area lies directly up the dip from the particularly deep spot in the
center of Figure 4, so proximity to a deep spot alone may give some promise of productive deposits.
This makes worthwhfle a general appraisal of other parts of the Lake Superior basin in terms of
simple proximity to deep spots, neglecting the factor of the channeiways.
Even a crude structure contour map such as Figure 4 or 5 shows that because of the asymmetry of
the basin, the deepest spots are probably down the dip from the places where the dips at the surface
are steepest. If the dip on one side of the syncline is 10 degrees, as it is along most of the Minnesota shore nort,east of Duluth (Area 6, Fig. 5), the trough of the syncline is probably closer to the
southern shore, where the dips of the lava flows are everywhere steeper. So in a very rough way
one can conclude that the steeper the dip, the better the chance that a given area is close to a
deep spot. Other things being equal, furthermore, the basin is probably deeper in places where it
is wide than where it is narrower. Using dip and width of the basin as our main criteria, therefore,
we may roughly appraise the promise of individual areas around the basin.

In the area IS to 40 miles southwest of Houghton (Area 2, Fig. 5), the lava flows dip between
45 and 700. This area, which has produced over I percent of the copper from the region, is
probably second only to the copper district proper in terms of future promise.
Between this area and Ironwood (Area 3, Fig. 5), the dips are gentler, and the normal homo—
clinal dip toward the basin is interrupted by the Porcupine Mountain dome or anticline, 30 miles
northeast of Ironwood. Only the uppermost lava flows of middle Keweenawan age are exposed at
the surface in this anticline, and the core of the fold is rhyolite (Butler and others, 1929, p. 47,
50 and pl. 14). This whole area in and south of the Porcupine Mountain uplift would seem to be
distinctly unfavorable for important near—surface copper deposits in amygdaloidal flow tops and
associated conglomerate beds.

In terms of steepness of dip alone, the most favorable place in the region is north and northwest
of Ironwood (Area 4, Fig. 5) where the dips are nearly vertical. Another factor complicates the
evaluation of this area, however: A little farther west, in Area 5 (Fig. 5), both the north and
south limbs of the Lake Superior syncline are separated from the center of the basin by thrust faults
that repeat the middle Keweenawan section (Fig. I). The fault shown alona the. northern boundary
of the lavas of middle Keweenawan age west of Asmand is calieci tne Douglas fault, and the fault
separating the two slivers of the lavas 10—40 miles southwest of Ashland is called the Lake Owen
fault (Aldrich, 1929, p. 125—126). The Douglas fault divides the north limb into two belts, in both
of which the rocks dip southeast. In the same way the Lake Owen fault divides the south limb into
two belts, in both of which the rocks dip northwest. These faults effectively separate the outer belts
from the center of the Lake Superior syncline. Exposures are very poor in the area of younger
sandstones east of Ashland. If the Lake Owen fault continues farther northeast, the lavas north of
Ironwood may not be physically continuous with those in the center of the syncline, and the favorable
14

�conditions are not fulfilled.
In Area 5 (Fig. 5), south and southwest of Duluth in Douglas and Bayfield Counties, Wisconsin,
both limbs of the Lake Superior syncline have dips ranging from 30—45° (Grant, 1901, p. 21).
Although these dips are of favorable steepness, the syncline is rather narrow here, so the maximum
depth of the lavas may not be much more than 25—30,000 feet. This is distinctly less favorable than
the areas farther east, where the basin is much wider and probably deeper. A number of showings in
Wisconsin have been explored by small prospect shafts, but none have developed into mines.
Along the Minnesota shore (Area 6, Fig. 5), the rocks dip between 10 and 15°. The dips are
even gentler around Nipigon Bay (Area 8). These are the least favorable parts of the Lake Superior
basin on the basis of dip.
On Isle Royale (Area 7, Fig. 5), most of the lavas dip between 15 and 25 degrees (Lane, 1898,
pl. I). This area is more favorable than any other on the north shore, but is less favorable than most
of the south shore.

At the east end of Lake Superior and on Michipicoten Island (Area 9, Fig. 5), dips locally
exceed 40 degrees. Information on the east end of the basin is extremely sketchy, because so much
of the Lake Superior sync line is covered by water, but unless there are unknown structural or
stratgraphic complications, this area should be more Favorable than anywhere along the north shore,
including Isle Royale. It may well be more favorable than the Wisconsin area (Area 5), though
explorations do not seem to have been very successful to date (see Thomson and others, 1952, p. lO-

II).
To sum up, the basis for appraisal used here suggests that the most promising area outside the
copper district proper is the area southwest of it (Area 2), extending to a point some 40 miles southwest of Houghton. The area north of Ironwood (Area 4) may be even more favorable, but its promise
is clouded by the possibility that it may be separated from the deeper parts of the syncline by a fault.
Michipicoten Island (Area 9) and the areas in Wisconsin (Area 5) on both limbs of the syncline south
of Duluth are next in order of favorability. There is one small area 45 miles west of lronwood, on
the south limb of the syncline, that is a more favorable prospect than the rest of Area 5because of
the possibility that the pinch—and—swell structure may rake diagonally up the dip there. Isle Royale
(Area 7) is probably less promising than any of the areas mentioned above, but distinctly more
promising than the areas of gentle dip on the north shore in Minnesota and Canada.

Acknowledgments

A speculative essay of this sort necessarily draws on the work, some published and some unpublished, of many people. So far as I know, I am solely responsible for the particular uxtapo—
stions of fact and theory presented here, but individual elements have come from many sources.
am much indebted to my colleagues in the U. S. Geological Survey's study of the Michigan copper
district, particularly Henry R. Cornwall and Richard E. Stoiber, for the contribution their researches
along different lines have made to development of the ideas expressed here. I owe special thanks
to Dr. Thomas M. Broderick of the Calumet &amp; Hecla Inc., not only for his willingness to share with
the Survey party his unequaled knowledge of the geology of the Keweenawan series, but also for the
challenge his well—founded advocacy of a magmatic origin has kept before us.
I

15

�References Cited

Aldrich, H. R., 1929, The geology of the Gogebic iron range of Wiscbnsin, Wisconsin Geol. and
Nat. History Survey Bull. 71, 279 P.
Bateman, A. M., 1950, Economic mineral deposits, 2d ed., New York, John Wiley &amp; Sons, 916 P.
Birch, Francis, 1954, Thermal conductivity, climatic variation, and heat flow near Calumet,
Michigan, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 252, P. 1-25.
Broderick, T. M. 1935, Differentiation in lavas of the Michigan Keweenawan, Geol. Soc. America

Bull.,

vol.

46, p. 503-558.

Broderick, T. M., HohI, C. D., and Eidemiller, H. N., 1946, Recent contributions to the geology

the Michigan copper district, Econ. Geology, vol. 41, p. 675-725.
Butler, B. S., Burbank, W. S., and others, 1929, The copper deposits of Michigan, U. S. Geol.
of

Survey, Prof. Paper 144, 238 p.
Cornwall, H. R., 1954, Bedrock geology of the Delaware quadrangle, Michigan, U. S. Geol.
Survey Geologic Quadrangle Map GQ 53.
Davidson, E. S., Espenshade, G. H., White, W. S., and Wright, J. C., 1955, Bedrock geology of
the Mohawk quadrangle, Michigan, U. S. Geol. Survey Geologic Quadrangle Map GQ 54.
Fuller, R. E., 1950, Structural features in the Columbia River basalt, Northwest Science, vol. 24,
p. 65-73.

U. 5., 1901, Preliminary report on the copper—bearing rocks of Douglas Co., Wisconsin,
Geological and Natural History Survey Bull. 6 (2nd ed.), 83 p.
Irving, R. D., 1883, The copper—bearing rocks of Lake Superior, U. S. Geol. Survey, Monograph
Grant,

5,
Lane,

464 p.

A. C., 1898, Geological report on Isle Royale, Michigan, Michigan Geol. Survey, vol. 6,

281 p.

C. K., Lund, R. J., and Leith, Andrew, 1935, Pre—Cambrian rocks of the Lake Superior
region, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 184, 34 p.
Lindgren, Waldemar, 1933, Mineral deposits, 4th ed., New York and London, McGraw Hill Book
Co., 93Op.
Pardee, J. T., and Bryan, Kirk, 1926, Geology of the Latah formation in relation to the lavas of
Columbia Plateau near Spokane, Washington, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper l4OA, P. 1—16.
Sandberg, A. E., 1938, Section across Keweenawan lavas at Duluth, Minn., Geol. Soc. America
Leith,

Bull.,

vol. p. 795-830.

Edward, 1956, Correlation of gravity anomalies with the Keweenawan geology of Wsconsin
and Minnesota, Geol. Soc. America Bull., v. 67, P. 1079—1100.
Thomson, J. E., and Resident Geologists, 1952, Preliminary Report on copper, nickel, lead, and
zinc deposits of Ontario (Second edition, May 1952), Ontario Dept. of Mines, Preliminary
Report 1952-4, 21 p.
Van Hise, C. R., and Leith, C. K., 1911, The geology of the Lake Superior region, U. S., Geol
Survey Monograph 52, 641 p.
White, W. S., 1952, Imbrication and initial dip in a Keweenawan conglomerate bed, Jour. Sed.
Petrology, v. 22, p. 189-199.
Thiel,

16

�COPPER MINERALIZATION AT THE WHITE PINE MINE

ONTONAGON COUNTY, MICHIGAN
by

John R. Rand

(Abstract)

The White Pine orebody lies in gently—dipping laminated to massive shaley siltstones at the base
of the Nonesuch formation of Upper Keweenawan age. Fine— to coarse—grained sandstone lying
within and immediately below the ore column is generally not of commercial interest, although
locally such sandstone may be quite strongly mineralized, primarily with native copper. Copper
mineralization over most of the know orebody consists of an extremely fine—grained dissemination of
chalcocite, with native copper occurr-ing in amounts of secondary importance; bornite, pyrite, and
chalcopyrite occur in minor or trace quantities. Native silver is present in sufficient quantity to be
of commercial interest.

Within a 20 foot ore column, the heaviest mineralization is restricted to four distinct lithologic
units with an aggregate thickness of about six feet. A significant amount of copper occurs in two
additional units with a total thickness of about four feet. The remaining units are only slightly
mineralized. The four units carrying the heavy copper mineralization are dark gray to black,
thinly laminated shales or siltstones, with some fine—grained sandy zones in two of the units. All
other units in the column are medium gray or lighter in color, or are red or brown, and range litho—
logically from thinly laminated shale through laminated or massive siltstone to sandstone with or
without shale laminae.
The striking association of copper with specific lithologic units over a wide area suggests that
mineralization occurred essentially contemporaneously with sedimentation in a restricted shallow
basin, and that the chemical environment in which certain beds were deposited controlled precipitation of copper from the overlying waters. The copper is considered to have been derived
originally from the Lower Keweenawan Portage Lake Lava Series, released by weathering and
oxidation into surface and ground waters.

For a detailed description the reader is referred to White, Walter S. and Wright, James C., "The
White Pine Copper Deposit, Ontonagon County, Michigan:" Economic Geology, Vol. 49, No. 7,
pp. 675-716, November, 1954. — Ed.

17

�COMMENTS ON PRECEDING PAPERS

by

1. M. Broderkk
I

think we should first discuss the source of the copper.

Mr. 1, R, Rand; Copper is an original constituent n the Javas about the Lake Superior
dstrkt, and by weathering and erosion of these lavas copper could be oxidized and liberated into
ground wafer or surface wafer for the purpose of eventually going to form the deposits in the muds
and clays of the present shales. It is not necessary to erode an ore body but mereiy to break down
a large volume of rock which contains a small amount of copper.
Dr. Broderick: True enough, both White and Rand agree on the source of the copper being the
small dissemination in the lavas. Some years ago I very carefully sampled "traps" in this disfrct as
we had them exposed from top to bottom in hundreds of drill holes; did not do the sampling in
hundreds of drill ho'es but rather picked out places where the sampflng through several of the flows
could be made very accurately. I had chemical analyses made; the Geological Socefy of Amerka
gave me a grant for this study which was mainly on differentiation of the flows and I came up wth an
average copper content of these traps of /lOO of a percent. If anybody could sample them any better,
I would like to see it done. Dr. Goldkh of the University of Minnesota Laboratory used those same
samples for a more exacting study of minor and trace elements and he checked that amount. Now I
had recently gone through Washington's tables1 and as I suspected the copper content of these traps
was not at all unusual; just recently I wrote again to Dr. Goldrkh and asked hm about the latest
figures that he had seen and been able to assemble on the average copper content of rock and we find
that the copper content of these traps s still rather low. He gave me average figures, quoting: the
content of copper n igneous rocks in general, .007% average and in basaltk rocks in general, a
recent figure .0085%. Steiger found 0.0155% copper in a composite of 71 Hawaiian lavas. Michigan
tavas contain less than that. The greenstone flow has .012 and, if you do not like taking a flow
that does not cont&amp;n an ore deposit, the Kearsarge flow has .009, lust under the /OOth of a percent.
So I do feel rritated with references to the copper content of these lavas to explain an unusual
district. Other than that, we are in pretty good agreement; the deposits are epigenetic, we agree,
not speaking of the White Pine, but in generaJ the deposits are epgenetic — they are formed by
ascending hydrothermal solutions and there was a structural control of some sort. I would think of the
structural control as both introducing or allowing the copper to be introduced into the channeiways
I

at depth and Dr. White has hs sfructura control as ndicatng where the flow of solutions would
take place. We both agree that on the way up there would be deflection of solutions by barrier
conditions of various sorts. Now 1 think that there is considerabTy more thcrn a fortuitous conjunction
of affairs envisaged by White if some other orign s to be considered. That is, the same conditions
in depth that would cause this metamorphk exhalation of solutions, might be the explanation that I
am lookng for as to how and where solutions from some magmatic source got into the lavas. I would
think that the deeper the port of the section involved, the more likely there would be to be a tongue
of some underlying intrusive that we like to call upon to furnish these solutions. Now how about

I. Washington, H. S., "Chemical Analyses of Igneous Rocks, 1884 — 1913."
Survey Prof. Paper 99, 1917.

U. S. Geologkai

�this underlying intrusive? There are some who do not like to think of a gabbro as giving off much
water because they think of it as a comparatively dry melt. We do have one tongue of this Duluth
gabbro which is the handy one to call upon. We have one protrusion of it here at Mount Bohemia
and it is thoroughly altered, uralitized, and it has an association of chalcocite fissures around so
that it is competent to give off solutions which bear copper. In recent years in the Duluth gabbro
itself there has been a study of the suiphide content and it is sufficient for the several governmental
geological surveys and bureaus to do a lot of sampling along the base for copper and nickel, and
several companies have gone in there and had respectable drilling campaigns. Large sums of money
cipparently have been and maybe still are being spent so far as I know. This puts the Keweenawan in a
sort of metallogenetic province. The epoch started in the late Huronian and extended through the
late Keweenawan. I have written Dr. Marsden of Duluth, Minnesota, regarding the age of the
Sudbury norite; did not know but that we could make it late Keweenawan but I guess not. He says
that t is post— Huronian and pre—Keweenawan or words to that effect; so it is pretty close to
Keweenawan. And in the Sudbury area you have the differentiation of that norite giving you the
red—rock facies, and you have the copper and nickel, and in the center of the basin you have the
lead—zinc differentiation. In Point Mamainse, north of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, an exploration
is now going on trying to develop commercial ore and they succeeded in doing it in cross fissures in
the Keweenawan which contain chalcocite. In the Copper Mine River area, Northwest Territories of
Canada, there are again basaltic lava flows and there are wide cross fissures that in places are very
rich in copper in the form of chalcocite. I am making the point that in this metallogenic province
native copper with associated chalcocite is a widespread thing. While genetically the White Pine
situation may be a very attractive tree to look at, I am trying to see the bigger woods and it is
pretty hard for me to take some interleaved deposits, inter—larded deposits, here in a shale with
chalcocite, here in sandstone with native copper, here again in another shale with chalcocite, and
pull them apart and say there is a syngenetic origin for one and an epigenetic Origin for the other.
I

In discussing objections to a hypogene epigenetic origin for copper in shale at White Pine, the
points are made that had they been epigenetic the nose of the anticline would be a natural collecting
dam, that the chalcocite deposits should have followed up that nose, and that they should be rich just
underneath that pitching anticlinal nose. Well, there was considerable structural readjustment after
those Nonesuch shales were deposited around the Porcupine Mountains; they are turned up vertically
and I guess almost overturned in places. Once you get away from the local disturbance around the
Porcupine Mountain uplift, the dip of the shales becomes normal, 10 to 12 degrees. I do not see why
you will not allow me to lust have tFat little post—ore folding there in view of this steep upturning
of the beds around the Porcupine Mountain fault only a couple of miles away.
I have pointed out some of the things on which as 'defender of the faith" still want to base my
thinking. It is along the lines announced long ago by Irving when he pointed out the native copper
I

?n sediments, conglomerates, shales and sandstones, amygdaloids, cross—fissures and chalcocite in
cross fissures and in the Nonesuch shale, and said that any acceptable explanation for these deposits
must explain them all. Consequently lam looking very critically at anything that deviates from
that. Maybe I will have to change my mind but I have not been induced to do so yet on the basis of
anything that has been presented.

I am giving up the idea of presenting comments on this series of papers as they are presented;
I have lust written a brief announcement in Economic Geology referring to the fact that I am going
feel that I would like to defer my written presentation until the major portions of these
to do so;
articles by the United States Geological Survey appear in print. find that it is very profitable
because the longer I wait the less I have to criticize.
I

I

19

�COPPER DEPOSITS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION2

Sir: In 1946 I and my associates (I) published a paper in this Journal bringing up
to date the facts and deductions of the Calumet &amp; Hoc Ia geological group concerning the
Keweenawan copper deposits of the Lake Superior region. This paper included a discussion
of origin and reiterated a concept long recognized as fundamental by various geologists
including Irving, Van Hise, Leith and Steidtman and the Calumet &amp; Hecla group, namely,
that a theory to be acceptable must explain all of the deposits of the district. These
include the native copper deposits in amygdaloids, sediments, and fissures, and the
associated sulphides, of which chalcocite s in great predominance, likewise in amygdaloids,
sediments and fissures. In addition are the associated deposits of copper nickel and cobalt
arsendes and antimonides, largely in cross fissures.

The theory of the Calumet &amp; Hecla group, formulated in the early twenties, still
seemed to be the only one that satisfactorily explained the facts.
Over a decade ago, a group from the United States Geological Survey started a
study of the district and they are presenting a series of papers in which the origin of the
copper deposits is treated. They do not share the belief that one mode of origin must explain all of the several types of deposit. Their papers, presented already (2), propose
several modes of origin including both syngenetic and epigenetic and they have not yet
treated the most important deposit thus far mined, the Calumet conglomerate, nor the mass
copper, chalcocite and arsenide fissures.
I have already discussed (3) the treatment of origin as given in the Cornwall papers
I wish to discuss the more recent U.S.G.S. papers but in order to make
it more definite that the evidence thus far presented does not lead me to abandon the idea
of a single origin for all the occurrences, prefer to postpone the discussion until a larger
number of their series has appeared.
published in 1951.

I

Friends in teaching say they have a problem in that students show a tendency to
accept the latest material published and realize that this is only natural. As soon as the
Cornwall-White paper on "Native Copper Deposits" and the Stoiber—Davidson paper on
"Mineral Zoning" appear, I shall try to publish some comments promptly. My discussion
even then will be handicapped because a convincing presentation includes a treatment of
the Calumet conglomerate and the mass copper, arsenide and chalcocite deposits in fissures.
The U. S. Geological Survey treatment of these, I understand, will not appear for some
years but I do not feel that I should wait that long for at least a preliminary comment on
the papers listed (2).
I

In the meantime, students and others are referred to our 1946 paper (1) and my 1952
discussion (3). In these papers they will find that I have anticipated and commented upon

most of the arguments which are being advanced for other explanations of the origin of
these deposits.

In addition to this discussion of origin which I hope to present as soon as a few more

2.

Reproduced from Economic Geology Vol. 51, No. 3, with the permission of the Editor.
20

�of the Survey preliminary papers appear, I hope later to review the results of their entire
project in the district. A start has been made on publication of their results of underground
mapping in the mines and of quadrangle folios with the usual factual matter presented in
such media. A local study of details of sedimentation led them to conclusions as to the
source of the materials involved which are different from those hitherto regarded as most
likely from evidence obtained on both sides of the Lake Superior syncline. It is hoped that
before the Survey publishes further on this subject it will send in some specialists on
processes of sedimentation and on significant characteristics of lava flows to study the
broader aspects of the problem not only in Michigan but all around Lake Superior since the
matter of location of the source of Keweenawan lavas and sediments is of fundamental
importance. As stated by White, the determination of the source of the sedimentary material
and "of the direction in which the ancient streams flowed is essential to a reconstruction
of the physiography of the Keweenawan basin of deposition . .
(which) in turn may prove
helpful or even necessary to the geologic search for new copper deposits" (4). Perhaps
before the final publication of conclusions, the evidence afforded in the openings of the
Calumet conglomerate mine will again become accessible for study.
.

feel that my review of the topics of the survey other than those connected with
the origin of the copper deposits had better be postponed until the final publication is out.
An earlier discussion would be premature and would not be occasioned by the feeling of
urgency offered by the debatable character of the topic of origin. In my final review I
shall express appreciation for the completion of a long and tedious task, carried out with
persistence and faithfulness and which at last provides the district with a set of useful
topographic and geologic maps.
1. M. Broderick
Calumet, Michigan
I

December 21, 1955
References

I. Broderick, 1. M., HohI, C. D., and Eldemiller, H. N., 1946, Recent contributions to
the geology of Michigan copper district: ECON. GEOL., v. 41, p. 675-725.
2. Cornwall, H. R., 1951, llmenite, magnetite, hematite and copper in lavas of the
Keweenaw Series: ECON. GEOL., v. 46, p. 51—67.
——, 1951, Differentiation in lavas of the Keweenawan series and the origin of the copper

deposits of Michigan: Geol. Soc. America, v. 62, p.

59—202.

——, 1951, Differentiation of magmas of the Keweenawan series: Jour. Geology, v. 59, p.
151-172.

White, Walter S., and Wright, James C., 1954, The White Pine copper depost, Ontonagon

County, Michigan: ECON. GEOL., v. 49, p. 675-716.
Cornwall, H. R., and White, W. S., 1954, Native copper deposits: (not yet published) abs.
Geol. Soc. America, v. 65, p. 1242—1243.
Stoiber, Richard E., and Davidson, Edward S., 1955, Mineral zoning in the Portage Lake
lava series, Michigan copper district: (not yet pub'ished) abs. Am. Inst. Mi &amp; Met.
Eng. Abstracts Mining, Geology, &amp; Geophysics Div., p. 24—25.
3. Broderick. T. M., 1952, The origin of Michigan copper deposits: ECON GEOL., v. 47,
p. 215-220.
4. White, Walter 5., 952, Imbrication and initial dip in a Keweenawan conglomerate bed:
Jour. Sedimentary Petrology, v. 22, p. 189-199.

21

�POSTSCRIPT3

Since the foregoing was submitted for publication, it has been announced that Dr. White would
The regional geologic setting of the Michigan native copper district" at an
'Institute on Lake Superior Geology" to be held at Houghton, Michigan, May II and 12. He has very
kindly sent me an outline of his paper and it presents a treatment of origin of the deposits including
source of copper, source of solvent, broad structural controls and other features. Any discussion of
the ideas on genesis being presented in the series of U.S.G.S. papers should certainly await the
publication of this latest one by White, in addition to those by Cornwall and Stoiber referred to
present a paper

above.

Dr. White: I want to make only one point at this time.

Dr. Broderick spoke of the .01% copper
content of Keweenawan lava as though this was the source without any intermediate process.
think
should say that he himself pointed to one possible clue to this problem of getting a 100 to I enrichment. This is approximately 100th of the concentration that now forms an ore deposit so we have to
look to some process or processes that will give us concentration of roughly 100 to I. Dr. Broderick
found in his study that he referred to earlier that the individual flows were quite notably differentiated
and he pointed also to the fact that one of the constituents that tended toward enrichment at the top
think that this may give us a clue to at least a substantial fraction of this 100 to
was copper itself.
concentration that we are looking for, If, for example, the copper content of the massive flow that
he sampled is .01 or .007, it may well be that this represents somewhat less than the average original
content of copper in the flow itself. As he himself points out, some of this copper tends to work its
way to the top, enriching the top and by the same token depleting the central portion of the flow.
If the tops are enriched only by a factor of 2 or 3, say .02 or .03, we would have a good start toward 100 to I enrichment. This reduces the factor from 100 to to say 50 to I, maybe even down as
low as 25 to I. This is a very hard thing to get hold of because it is almost impossible to sample a
flow top, as think we all realize, and be sure that we are dealing with this enrichment which we
can postulate took place at the time the flows were extruded. I am on thin ice as well in suggesting
what the figure might be, but I do think that this initial concentration in the parts of the lava flow
which are the porous flow tops if in reaction with the contained water, might yield copper to a
solution in sufficient concentrations to form the hydrothermal solutions that we all agree form the ore
I

I

I

I

I

I

deposrts.

Mr. Rand: On the basis of Dr. Broderick's .01% copper it would require an area of traps 30
miles square to be eroded 12 feet deep in order to supply the 6 billion pounds of copper considered to
be known in the White Pine orebody. This erosion and transport do not invlove movement of placer
copper; it is a matter of oxidizing copper, taking it into solution and then carrying it, presumably
in ground water, into or onto the flat basin area where muds are being laid down. It may be carried
out over the muds in the surface waters or It may be carried beneath the muds in the ground water and
in the sands underlying the muds. The movement of copper from the waters into the muds may take
place essentially at the same time as the copper arrives over or under the muds or it may fake place
at some time after consolidation of the muds into rock.

Dr. J. W. Gruner (University of Minnesota): How does it happen that there is so little sulphur
associated with the copper ores here if they are of regular hypogenefic origin? Ordinary copper

3.

Economic Geology vol. 51, no. 3
22

�sulphide ores are very high in sulphur. In this region we have a very low sulphur content, relatively
speaking of course, and this has rather bothered me for some time because the chemistry of these
deposits evidently is different from the chemistry of the regular sulphide deposits.

Dr. Broderick: Of course that is one of the big problems, why the copper is native and not
suiphide. Without going into the history and details there are two obvious answers that might be considered; one is that the solutions that deposited the copper were different from those that brought
them in at Butte, Morenci, and other places, and the other is the rock into which those solutions were
introduced. If you examine the assays of the Butte batholith and of the monzonites and allied rocks
in which the porphyry coppers are deposited, you will find that the iron content is very low. Total
iron I believe is less than 2%. The total iron in the amygdaloids and in the conglomerate deposits in
Michigan is from 6 to 9% and a large part of that iron is in the ferric state. Proceeding from there,
if the iron was a precipitant, does it show any effects of having entered into a chemical reaction when
the copper was deposited? It is a matter of common knowledge amongst those who have worked in
these deposits that in certain zones, over a vertical range of thousands of feet around the copper,
there is an alteration of ferric iron. The rock is red normally and around the copper is a halo of
bleached material and that bleached material has been sampled and assayed; polished sections have
been studied running across the boundary of the bleached and unbleached and it is low in iron. Little
needles of hematite have been absolutely removed so that iron has entered into that reaction. Removal
of iron is therefore associated with the deposition of native copper. As a further clue, the iron that
does remain in some of these altered areas is much higher in the ferrous state than in the surrounding
rock. If you have 4% ferric iron and 2% ferrous in the normal amygdaloid in the zone around the
copper those ratios will be reversed — it will be much higher ferrous and lower ferric. Chlorite will
be formed which has iron in the ferrous state so that the deposition of copper in certain parts of the
zonal column, not the stratigraphic column, is associated with the reduction and removal of iron.
Now if iron was reduced it means something was oxidized and we threw the ball to the chemists and
asked them, "Supposing that we had copper—bearing solutions coming in here of the sort that deposited
suiphide elsewhere, what might happen to the sulphur? Could it react with the ferric iron, reduce it,
and go out of the system as a soluble sulphate, leaving native copper?" That work was taken up in
the laboratory of the U. S. Geological Survey and a paper was put out by R. C. Wells.4 If you will
go back and refer to that bulletin you will get this story that have just told you in brief. In summary,
one answer to the question is that the solutions were the same as those which deposited copper in the
porphyries but they hit a different rock, a rock that had oxidizing possibilities.
I

Dr. G. M. Schwartz (University of Minnesota): I suppose I might start by saying that I am
probably the oldest timer of all because I worked in the district before Dr. Broderick, and probably
before Dr. White was born and I would like to make two or three comments, because I find myself
in agreement with both men, in part, and in disagreement with both, in part, and incidentally might
say that, for thirty—five years since left this distrkt, have worked mainly in the Keweenawan in
Minnesota. I was very much interested in Dr. White's comment as to why we do not have copper
deposits in Minnesota to amount to anything.
further say that think his is the best explanation
have heard.
I

I

I

I

I

I

I would like to point out on the problem of getting the copper out of the basa Its that in Minnesota

4. Wells, R. C., "Chemistry of the Deposition of Native Copperfrom Ascending Solutions."

U. S. Geological Survey, Bull. 778, 1925
23

�at Susie Island, for example, there was a very nice copper Vein with calcite, bornite, chalopyrite
and pyrite which is below the flows. Now I will grant Dr. White that the mineral—bearing solution
possibly could have leaked out to the side, or downward, or something of that sort but I have a
sneaking Suspicion that it did not.
think that there is still a good argument for a hydrothermal
origin rather than the old idea of lateral secretion which is essentially of course what Dr. White is
proposing and is, incidentally, popular for many other deposits at the present time.
I

In regard, however, to the shale, I had a good look at that when I was fortunate enough to be
called upon to examine the work in connection with the White Pine loan and I must say that there
it is a lot easier for me to imagine the copper in the shale having been deposited with the shale, in
other words being syngenetc. So there I would disagree with Dr. Broderick and agree with Dr. White
and Mr. Rand. It does seem to me, however, that we are asking an awful lot of these weathering
solutions to concentrate this minute amount of copper out of these flows and get it all in one place.
There again I think that it is a little easier to imagine that the copper which is in the White Pine
deposit probably came from the weathering of some of the copper deposits and if understand the
geologic history correctly I think ths is entirely possible.
I

I would like to have either Dr. White or Mr. Rand comment on this. Of course we might even
consider that there was a direct contribution to the water of copper From hydrothermal sources. This
would be essentially going back to Van Hise and Leith's explanation of a possible origin of the iron
in the iron formations. These are the points that have occurred to an old timer on this problem and
I think it just keeps us going around more or less in a circle on how to explain these things.

Dr. White: I would like to make one comment in answer partially to Dr. Schwartz and partially
also to Dr. Broderick. This has to do with uniformitatianism. Mustwe explain everthing with the
same set of rules? We have in this Keweenawan province an area of 50,000 square miles or more
underlain by Keweenawan rocks. For an area of crystalline rocks this is substantial port of the
earths crust. If we assume that ore deposits can be formed as we have suggested, does this preclude
this area from being cut here and there by veins of magmatic origin? This is pretty hard to pin
down but I cannot feel the same compulsion that others seem to share that we have to explain everything by exactly the same set of circumstances. The deposits are different; the Whte Pine deposits
are about as unlike any of the lode deposits as one can imagine. The arsenide veins that cut some of
the lodes are quite different from the normal types of veins which cut the lodes. I do not personally
see any reason why we have to explain all these things by exactly the same set of rules when the
area involved is so large.
Dr. C. H. Burgess (Bear Creek Mining Company): It seems to me that the percentages of
copper contained in the igneous rocks of various kinds, as Dr. Broderick read to us, indicates that
both in 'traps" and in granite that might have differentiated from themare very small. They are of
the same order of magnitude and therefore the production of a copper deposit depends upon the
efficiency of concentration. In that regard the explanation of the White Pine by Messrs. White and
Rand is somewhat in the framework of the pyrite and marcasite in the black shales of coal measures.
I wonder if sulphides in coal measures must also have a hydrothermal origin.

Dr. J. W Gruner (University of Minnesota): The explanaton that Dr. Broderick offered I had
already read but I do not understand whether the solutions were acid or basic. Basic solutions do not
bleach or leach iron at all; however basic solutions dissolve copper quite readily. Of course acid
solutions both bleach and carry copper. That I think is one of the fundamental questions we have here.

Dr. Broderick: Regarding sulphur and organic matter I cannot say very much, but I can take Dr.
24

�Burgess out into the bogs and stir up hydrogen suiphide.
or igneous rocks around those bogs.

I do not think that there are any lava flows

I do want to say something about the adequacy of a large volume of rock with a small percentage
of some constituent for furnishing concentrations. It is an easy matter to sit down and figure how many
cubic feet or yards or miles of rock containing 1/1,000 or 1/1,000,000 or 1/10th ofa percent will, if
you could get that all together, form deposits much richer, but the entire process studied in its entirety
seems to carry rather some unlikely implications. We picture these lavas as being exposed, weathered
and eroded, and nearly everything going into solution. Along with the copper, the zinc, lead and
cobalt components will enter into solution. Let us imagine these traps being sublected to that process
not over one season but certainly over centuries and maybe hundreds of centuries. Weathering goes on
and the copper, lead, zinc, cobalt, etc., are carried by streams down wherever they go; weathering
is not lust in the vicinity of the White Pine basin, it proceeds all along the Keweenaw
Peninsula
and all around Lake Superior. Now at some time and at some place in this area of hundreds of miles
being eroded during thousands of years of time a sudden opportunity presents itself and you get this
deposit. The White Pine depost is contained within a relatively few feet and is said to contain 300
million tons of rock carrying over 20 pounds of copper per ton; that is 6 billion pounds and it is only
partly explored. This whole district in the hundred years that it has been mined has only produced
10 billion pounds. Here we are asked to believe that a minor episode in the erosion, weathering and
solution of rock containing less than 0.01% of copper that have proceeded over the thousands of years
and throughout the thousands of square miles of Keweenawan lavas around Lake Superior, suddenly,
in a small fraction of the area and during a relatively few of the seasons involved has resulted in the
precipitation of a deposit containing nearly as much copper as the whole district has produced to date.
That is a difficult thing for me to understand.

Mr. H. W. Pfeffer (ARASCO Exploration Company): I do not know this district very well but I
would like to mention an area in Nova Scotia which has certain similarities to White Pine. There we
have Carboniferous rocks that are mostly red beds but in some small spots within the red beds are
sandstones, conglomerates and shales. The shales are grey to blackish and they contain carbonaceous
matter, usually remnants of wood, etc. Associated with these beds are nodules, sheets and dissemina—
tions of chalcocite. To the south of this area are the Copper Cliff Mountains which contain some
pyrite and a little chalcopyrite in various spots throughout the volcanics. It appears from the way the
Late Pennsylvanian rocks were laid down that the source was from that area and it seems quite likely
that the copper must have come from there. There is no evidence whatsoever of intrusion into the
Carboniferous rocks; the features are definitely sedimentary. One can visualize water carrying in
solution copper sulphate in minute quantities and running off into this area of sediments and percolating
through the sandstones, and then the copper sulphate reacting with the carbonaceous matter. Actually
the occurrences are very simUar except for quantity. These grey rocks lens out so that economically
they are not of interest but in their manner of occurrence and chemistry they are very similar to
White Pine.

25

�GEOLOGY AND MINERAL DEP/OSITS
OF THE

MAN ITOUWADGE LAKE AREA*
by

E. G. Pye

Introduction

In 1931, the Manitouwadge Lake area was surveyed for the Ontario Department of Mines by Dr.
J. E. Thomson, now Assistant Provincial Geologist; and on his geological map, published in 1932, he
noted an occurrence of gossan and sulphide mineralization at the site of the now famous Geco mine1.
But despite this it was only rently that any interest was paid to the discovery. This may be owing
to the commonly held opinion that "greenstone" belts of small area do not lend themselves to the
occurrence of large mineral deposits — the favourable prospecting area at Manitouwadge Lake is only
about 35 miles square. It may also be because of the highly metamorphosed condition of the rocks—
many prospectors consider that schists and gneisses are unfavourable to ore deposition. In any event,
the area was avoided until as late as 1947, when the sulphide deposit at Manitouwadge Lake was
first staked. But even at that time, it was difficult to arouse interest ine discovery; and after two
years, the prospector, Moses Fisher, was compelled to let his claims lapse because of failure to attract
a mining company to undertake development.

In 1953, two prospectors, Roy Barker and William Dawidowich of Geraidton, Ontario, decided to
visit the area. Upon relocating the sulphide deposit, with which they were much impressed, they
decided to stake. The sulphide deposit was examined by W. S. Hargraft, consulting mining engineer,
and upon his recommendation, the property was quickly taken up by General Engineering Company,
Limited; Consolidated Howe&gt;' Gold Mines, Limited; and H. W. Knight and associates on a partnership
basis. Diamond drilling in August and September indicated the possibility of a copper—zinc—silver
ore body. Geco Mines, Limited, was incorporated in October, and it was not long before the results
of further drilling indicated a deposit of such importance that the biggest staking rush in the history of
Ontario, and one of the biggest in the history of Canada, was precipitated.

Location of Area, Means of Access

The Manitouwadge Lake area forms a small but very important part of the Heron Bay - White Lake
region along the north shore of Lake Superior. As shown in Fig. I, it lies about midway between two
transcontinental railways, the Canadian National Railways line on the north and the Canadian Pacific
line on the south; it is 170 miles east—northeast of the Canadian Lakehead, and 200 miles northeast of
Houghton, Michigan.

* Published by permission of the Provincial Geologist, Ontario Department of Mines.
I. Thomson, Jas. E., uGeology of the Heron Bay - White Lake Area,' Ont. Dept. Mines, Vol. XLI,
pt. 6, pp. 34—47 (with map No. 41), 1932.
26

�• Q:N

'I

T.A

A. •

OLFX—LOOKO UT'

A

FORT

rRANcES
GRAND

HARM

MINNESOTA
I

SCALE OF MILES
40 80 120 ISO

— S —•

0

MICHICAN
Fig. I.

S°'

Key map showing location of the Manitouwadge Lake area.

The area is accessible by an Ontario Department of Mines access road connecting Manitouwadge
Lake with the Trans—Canada highway along the north shore of Lake Superior; by a spur railway line

cuilt south from Hillsport y the Canadian National Railways; and by a second railway line, built
north from Hernie by the Canadian Pacific Railway.
General Geology
All the consolidated rocks exposed in the Manitouwadge Lake area are of Precambrian age. They
have been divided into three main groups:
(I) A system of closely folded and intensely metampophosed volcanics and sediments, which,
together with horizons of amphibole —

biotite

gneiss and banded iron formation, are believed

be of Early Archaean age;
(2) An assemblage of igneous rocks, of post—Early Archaean and possibly of Algoman age; and
(3) Diabase dikes, which have been correlated tentatively with basic intrusives of Keweenawan
age exposed around Lake Nipigon and along the northwest shore of Lake Superior.
to

The area! distributions of these principal groups of rock formations are shown on the generalized
geological map of the area (Fig. 2).
Early Archaean

Volcanics: A prominent series made up largely of hornbiende schist is exposed south and east of
27

�___

MILES

0

r,
4

a a e as
I

2

3

rç

OIAtASE
METAGABBRO
IRON FORM.

SEDIMENTS

(I

V0LC4(CS
+

444'..(S) "t3++++++I

:n:rr
JWOWIJN
flV
it hair

++
UA++++t
oaac.+++
nrrwt*r( .it'4i-i-t+ -+4*

•fl. L.0+++4j T++++ +++ t* 4

iw'44+44+++c;44.atj..
,4+
4 444444++J(*4t _)i9(

it
+4

4+++

+4+ t

+ 4+4+

•t.P.#++ 1

4+5

p

iJ

so
I

Fig. 2. Generalized geological map of the Manitouwadge Lake area.
Wowun Lake. It forms a well—defined belt, up to and possibly exceeding two miles in width, which
extends from this locality southwest to Manitouwadge Lake, and thence westward across the southwest

corner of the map area. Two varieties of hornblende schist are present. One shows little evidence of
banding; the other is characteristically finely laminated and resembles a thin bedded sediment in
structure.
Excellent exposures of the non—laminated hornblende schist are found in the west part of the belt.
In places where shearing has not been too intense, vestiges of original pillow structures can be seen.
The pillows are somewhat irregular in shape and do not permit satisfactory top determinations. But
their presence is significant, for they indicate that the hornblendeschist is of volcanic origin. In
consideration of the mineralogical composition — the typical schist consists of about 50 percent
hornblende with lesser amounts of andesine and a little quartz, sphene, and magnetite — it is probable
that the rock is the metamorphosed equivalent of original basic lava.
Thin horizons of laminated hornblende schist separate the lava flows. They are particularaly well
developed in the vicinity of Manitouwadge and Mose lakes. The rock itselfis similar mineralogically
to the variety just described except that, at the expense of plagioclase, quartz is an essential
rather than an accessory constituent. A further and more striking difference, of course, is the thin
bedded structure — black layers of material rich in hornblende alternate with grey layers rich in
plagioclase and quartz. These layers range from a small fraction of an inch to several inches in
thickness. The laminated hornblende schist is found in places to contain lenticular fragments of
greenstone, from less than an inch to six inches in length arid up to about three inches in thickness.
The two characteristics — stratification and fragmental structure — indicate that the original rock was
a tuffaceous sediment deposited subaqueously during the period of volcanism.
Sedimentary Gneisses: As the north margin of the volcanic series is approached, well—developed
28

�horizons of sedimentary gneisses are found to alternate with bands of hornblende schist. These increase
in both number and thickness to the north so that, within a short distance, the series gives way to one in
which the principal ferromagnesian mineral is biotite. Four principal varieties of sedimentary gneisses
have been recognized. They are biotite gneiss, quartz—oligoclase—biotite gneiss, quartzite, and
quartz-microcline gneiss.

In view of the evidence presented by petrologists to the effect that clay minerals corbine to form
chlorite and sericite, and that these in turn combine to form biotite during metamorphism , it is
thought that the biotite gneiss, the quartz—oligoclase—biotite gneiss, the quartzite, and the quartz—
microcline gneiss are the altered equivalents of shale, argillaceous sandstone, quartz sandstone, and
arkose, respectively.
Amphibole—Biotite Gneiss: In many places throughout the series the sedimentary gneisses are
found to be ;nterrupted by lenticular masses of amphibole—biotite gneiss of dark colour, coarse to very
coarse granularity, and striking appearance. This rock is made up largely of anthophyllite,
hornblende, and biotite, with small amounts of quartz, oligoclase, and magnetite. Red garnets are
also commonly present. They occur as large porphyroblasts, ranging from about one—half inch to two
inches or more in diameter, and in places make up 25 percent of the rock mass. The amphibole—
biotite gneiss is frequently found to grade, by disappearance of amphibole and, when present, also of
garnet, into typical biotite gneiss. Because of this it is considered to be sedimentary origin — it may
represent the highly metamorphosed equivalent of a calcareous, chloritic grit or basic tuffaceous
sediment that was developed at the same time as the enclosing rocks. It is included with the
sedimentary gneiss on the generalized geological map.

Iron Formation: Commonly intimately associated with the amphibole—biotite gneiss is a peculiar
banded rock. Tk1 banded rock consists of layers of coarse—grained quartz, from a fraction of an inch
to a foot or more in thickness, alternating with equally thin or thinner layers of one or more of
amphibole schist, garnetiferous amphibole—biotite schist, and a very coarse amphibolite. In the field
it has been variously termed quartz—chlorite rock, quartz—amphibole rock, quartz-amphibole—pyroxene
rock, and iron formation. Since the rock is distinctly banded, since the schist or amphibolite layers
contain disseminatee crystals and thin seams of fine granular magnetite, since individual horizons can
be traced by dip needle and magnetometer, and since these horizons are very persistent and follow the
folded pattern of the sedimentary gneisses, it is thought that "iron formation" is the most appropriate
term.

Post-Early Archaean (Algoman?)

Basic Metaintrusives: Small lenticular bodies of metagabbro are fourd in a number of places
within or close to the belt of volcanic rocks. These bodies have intrusive relations with the Early
Archaean formations, but are themselves cut by granite and pegmatite. For the most part they
consist of a medium—to coarse—grained rock made up of about equal amounts of dark—green hornblende

and plagioclase, with small amounts of biotite, quartz, and magnetite. This rock is generally quite
massive in the outcrop.
Granitic Rocks: The most abundant igneous rock found in the Manitouwadge Lake area is biotite

Harker, Alfred, "Metamorphism, A study of the Transformations of Rock Masses," Methuen &amp; Co.
Ltd., London, pp. 45-61, 1950.

2.

a
29

�granite gneiss. Together with massive granite, migmatite, and pegmatite, it occurs in three principal
localities: (1) the extreme southeast corner of the area; (2) the extreme northwest corner; and (3) the
whole of the northeast quarter. The granitic rocks to the northwest and southeast are telieved to
represent a single large mass, in which the Early—Archaean rocks form a deeply infolded inclusion;
those in the northeast quarter of the area are believed to represent a satellite of the main mass, which
has been localized along the major synclinal axis (see Structural Geology).

Associated with the granite gneiss, migmatite, and the medium—grained, massive, intrusive biotite
granite, and cutting the Early Archaean formations, are dikes and sills of pegmatite and aplite. The
pegmatite is of three ages. It occurs as: (1) dikes which cut metagabbro inclusions in, and which are
themselves truncated by, the massive biotite granite; (2) irregular bodies which grade into, and hence
represent a phase of, the massive biotite granite; and (3) dikes which cut the massive biotite granite.
Some of the pegmatites are pre—ore in age, and on the properties of Geco Mines, Limited, and
Willroy Mines, Limited, they were instrumental in the localization of the ore deposits.
Algonkian
The youngest rock exposed is diabase. The diabase forms a number of narrow, but fairly persistent north—south dikes, some of which are localized along transverse faults (see Fig. 2).
In that
these dikes cut sharply across all the other consolidated rocks, including the various granitic rocks,
it is thought that they are of Algonkian or Late Precambrian age. It is possible that they could be
correlated with similar rocks, of Keweenawan age, that crop out to the west of the area in the vicinity
of Lake Ntpigon.

Structural Geology

Folding: The rock type described as iron formation is the only one that occurs in sufficiently
distinct and persistent horizons to be useful in outlining the structural geology. Examination of the
generalized geological map of the area shows that, in the vicinity of Wowun lake on the east, the
iron formation and the gneisses strike southwest and dip vertically to steeply north. Proceeding
westward to Fox creek and the GQco mine, however, the formations assume an east—west strike; and
still farther west, midway between Fox and Nama creeks, they strike northwest and dip
N.
Finally, at the west side of the map area, the formations assume first a northerly strike and then double
back on themselves to strike northeast again. They delineate a large trough or synclinal fold, which
dip measurements indicate to be assymetrical and overturned to the north. Other dip measurements,
at the nose of the fold, indicate a plunge to the northeast of from 15 to 25 degrees. In the eastern
part of the area, lineation and drag folds indicate a steeper plunge of about 40 degrees.
Faulting: After the major foiding, the Manitouwadge Lake area suffered a series of disturb'Dnces
that iul1ed in the development of a large number of faults. These faults are of three types:
(I) longitudinal or strike faults, which more or less parallel the formations along the south limb of the
syncline; (2) transverse faults, which strike in a general north—south direction; and (3) diagonal
faults, which strike northwest, obliquely to the other faults. All are represented in the field by deep
linear depressions in the topography.

An example of a major strike fault is the Agam Lake kiult, which strikes due west, from north of
Manitouwadge lake to almost the west boundary of the map area, lust north of and roughly parallel
to the belt of volcanic rocks. This fault is pre—ore in age, and is represented by a wide zone of
graphitic schist, in places mineralized with pyrite and pyrrhotite. The magnitude and direction of
30

�movement along this break have not been determined. However, the fault appears to truncate a
flumber of pre—ore, right—hand transverse faults, and at the same time, appears to be terminated by the
north—south, post—ore, left—hand Fox Creek fault.

At least three periods of movement are thus indicated. A possible fourth period of disturbance
may be responsible for the fault that extends diagonally across the area from northwest to southeast.
In regard to this fault, the offsets shown by the rock formations are of interest. In the northwest
section of the area, the formations dip rather flatly to the southeast. Here the displacement was left—
hand, or east side to the north. In the southeast section of the area, the formations dip about 650 to
the northwest. Here the displacement was right—hand, or east side to the south. To the east of the
Geco mine, the formations dip vertically. Here the formations have been traced across the fault to
Wowun lake without any great apparent offset. Such anomalous conditions can be explained satisfactorily by assuming that the displacement along the fault was mainly vertical, and that the relative
movement was up on the west side. South of Mose lake, a diabase dike was localized along this
diagonal fault. But the diabase has been brecciated. Further, north of the Geco mine, the fault cuts
and offsets two diabase dikes. In view of these facts and the simple vertical displacement indicated,
it is thought that the two or more movements represented occurred in Late Precambrian time.

Mineral Deposits

All the important mineral deposits discovered to date are sulphide replacement bodies. Their
locations are shown in Fig. 3. They strike and dip parallel to the formations that contain them, and
have been found in or closely associated with either iron formation or a variety of sedimentary rock.
A determination of the lead isotope ratios of a sample of golena, from one of the occurrences, by mass
spectrometer is reyorted by J. T. Wilson of the University of Toronto to indicate an age of 2,600 +
120 million years. According to Wilson, the indicated age is close to that of leads found in the —
Golden Manitou and Barvue deposits in Quebec and1 the gold ores of Timmins in Ontario. The lead
from Manitouwadge lake, and those from the other deposits, are all much older than the Sudbury
nickel—copper ores, which are believed to have been formed in Late Precambrian time. In view of
this, it is reasonable to assume that the ore minerals were deposited during the period of granitic
intrusion, and that they are of Late Archaean or Algoman age.
Deposits in Iron Formation: Sulphide replacement deposits in iron formation have been found on
the properties of Lun—Echo Gold Mines, Limited, about the nose of the Man itouwadge sync line, and

Willroy Mines, Limited, on the south limb of the syncline.
As mentioned previously, the iron formation is a banded rock, in which layers of quartz alternate
with layers of amphibole schist, garnetiferous amphibole schist, or coarse—grained amphibolite. In
the replacement dcwosits found in this rock, the metallic sulphides heal fractures in the quartz and
occur as either masses or disseminqted crystals and grains replacing the minerals of the schist or
amphibolite layers. Where massive replacement has occurred, the deposit is a strikingly banded one,
in which layers of sulphides alternate with layers of mineralized quartz. On the other hand, where
disseminated replacement has occurred, the sulphides appear to be localized along planes of foliation, which they accentuate.

3. Wilson, J0 T.,personal correspondence.

31

��across widths ranging from 7 feet to over 15 feet. This section forms somewhat of a core in the ore
body, and both to the north and to the south, the sulphide content of the host rock diminishes and
th€ material drops rapidly below grade. The No. 2 zone has been traced for a length of 800 feet by
surface drilling, and is reported to average 5.88 percent zinc and 1.71 ounces of silver per ton across
an average width of 19.6 feet.

Willroy No. 3 Zone
The No. 3 zone lies 500 feet south of the shaft at the surface, and parallels the No. 2 zone
closely in attitude. Again, near its west extremity, it curves sharply to assume a more northerly
st.ike and a somewhat flatter dip. It is also very similar to the No. 2 zone in character. But here
the principal sulphide is pyrrhotite rather than pyrite; chalcopyrite is present in significant amounts;
arid galena is absent. The zone has been traced for a length of 1200 feet. It is reported to contain,
to a vertical depth of 700 feet, 719,000 tons having an average grade of 1.27 percent copper, 10.3
percent zinc, and 1.5 ounces of silver per ton across an average width of 3l .5 feet.
Deposits in Sedimentary Gneisses: Two types of ore bodies are found in the sediIentary gneisses,
and may be classifiedas disseminated replacement deposits or as lode fissure deposits . Disseminated
deposits occur on the property of Wiliroy Mines, Limited.

Wiltroy No. I Zone
The No. I ore zone on the Willroy propertg is also a body of disseminated ore. Near its west
extremity it trends northwest and dips 45° — 50 N ,E. However, throughout the greater part of its
length of 1900 feet, it strikes roughly east-west and dips 70° N. to vertical. The ore body ranges up
to about 50 feet in width. It lies within the central portion of a horizon of highly sericitized,
porphyroblastic quartz—feldspar—biotite gneiss, and consists of crystals and grains of metallic suiphides
fisseminated throughout the host rock. The pyrite has no preferred orientation. But the chalcopyrite
and pyrrhotite, as well as occasional stringers of quartz, tend to occur as individuals elongated
parallel to the foliation of the gneiss. Because of this orientation, the chalcopyrite and pyrrhotite
zi Iso tend to be concentrated in thin layers and streaks, with the result that, in drill cores, narrow
sections rich in copper alternate with sections poor in copper. The sphalerite, in part at least, replaces the pyrrhotite. A feature of particular interest is the fact that the ore body is paralleled along
ts north side by a band, about 15 feet in thickness, of white, crenulated quartz—sericite. This
schist, unlike the less altered gneiss, is only sparingly mineralized and is extremely low grade. The
Willroy No. I ore body is estimated to contain, to a vgrtical depth of 500 feet, 796,000 tons grading
1.5 percent copper, with low values in zinc and silver

G11o Ore Body

The Geco ore body is exposed about 600 feet south and 1800 feet east of the Willroy No. I zone,
and from here extends eastward for a horizontal length of 2,650 feet. Like the Willroy No. I zone,

4. Bateman, Alan, M. "Economic Mineral Deposits," John Wiley &amp; Sons, Inc., N.Y., p.111, l942.
5. Hooke, Eric, Chief Geologist, personal communication.
33

�it lies within the horizon of highly sericitized quartz—feldspar—biotite gneiss, which is bordered on
the north by garnetiferous amphibole—biotite gneiss and biotite granite, and on the south by quartzite.
It is a lode fissure rather than a simple disseminated replacement deposit. As shown in Fig. 4, it can
be divided conveniently into three sections: the West, Central, and East.

c7
(40 CENTR&amp;..

Ii

DIAI3ASE
DISSEMINATED ORE
MASSIVE ORE
PEGMATITE, GRANITE

N

It

FEET
..

400

-

SERICITE SCHIST

800

IRON roRMAnow
CAR.—AMPH.--øI. ONEISS

SEDIMENTARY CNtDS

Fig. 4. Surface plan showing generalized geology in the vicinity of the Geco ore body (modified
after company plans).

The West section of the ore body lies west of Fox Creek. It has a length of 1,200 feet at the
surface, ranges up to 220 feet in thickness, and rakes to the east at about 40 degrees. In part it is
in every respect similar to the Willroy No. I zone, and consists of highly sericitized gneiss mineralized with metallic sulphides, chiefly pyrite and chalcopyrite, and cut by occasional quartz stringers.
But here the sulphides replace the host rock outward from a narrow, tabular core of massive ore made
up of pyrite and sphalerite, with considerable pyrrhotite but relatively small amounts of chalcopyrite.
This core occurs near the south wall of the ore body, within a few feet of the sericitized gneiss —
quartzite contact. It decreases in width and tends to pinch out both to the west and with depth.

To the east, the West section is cut off sharply by the Fox Creek fault, so that east of the creek,
the extension of the ore body lies approximately 250 feet to the north. This extension, or Central
section, extends eastward from the fault for a distance of 850 feet, to a point where it is truncated
sharply by a zone of north—south diabase dikes. Near the surface the middle section has an average
width of 58 feet. Like the West section, it consists of a core of massive sulphides, chiefly pyrite and
sphalerite. This is enclosed by an envelope of iron, copper, and subordinate zinc sulphides disseminated throughout sericitized gneiss. But here the core is much wider than in the West section, and the
envelope of disseminated material is narrower and, in places, below ore standards. Near the surface,
the ore of the Central section is thus rich in zinc but poor in copper. With depth the core of the ore
body decreases in width and tends to tongue out, whereas the bordering disseminated ore increases in
width and grade. The net result of this is a gradual transition from a high—grade zinc and low—grade
copper ore near the surface. to a high—grade copper and low—grade zinc ore at depth. This deep ore,
rich in copper but containing low values in zinc, is identical in character to that found in the West
section of the ore body, and there is little doubt that it represents the eastward extension of the West
34

�ction down the general rake of the ore body.
As mentioned above, the Middle section of the ore body is truncated by a zone of north—south
labase dikes. The East section of the ore body lies east of these dikes and extends for a horizontal
ength of about 600 feet near the surface. It is identical to the central section in character, except
ror three features: (I) both the core of massive sulphides and the envelope of disseminated ore are
narrower and tongue out eastward; (2) the core of massive sulphides attains its maximum thickness of
bout 50 feet at a depth below the surface of 700 feet, and pinches out upwards;. and (3) at the east
margin of the zone of diabase dikes, the core is represented by massive pyrrhotite and pyrite, and
sphalerite does not become an important constituent until a depth of about 500 feet is reached. The
East section, at or close to the present erosion surface, thus represents the upper limit of the east—
raking ore body.

The Geco ore body has been tested by diamond drilling to a vertical depth of 1300 feet. To this
depth, the three sections are estimated to contain 15,227,251 tons of ore having an average grade of
1.76 percent copper, 3.48 percent zinc, and 1.77 ounces of silver per ton6.

Mineralization and Paragenesis

The principal ore minerals in all the known deposits are chalcopyrite and sphalerite. Galena is
often also present, and is particularly prominent in the Willroy No. 2 ore zone, but nowhere does it
occur in sufficient quantity to be of economic importance. Silver is present in every deposit. It has
not been recognized as such. Assaying of samples from the Geco ore body indicates that high values
in copper are usually accompanied by high values in silver, and the thought has been expressed that
the silver is present in solid solution in the chalcopyrite7. A qualitative spectrographic analysis of
chalcopyrite from the Geco ore body indicated the presence of tin, which may also prove to be of
economic importance8.

Associated with ore minerals in all the deposits are quartz, in small veinlets, pyrite, and
pyrrhotite. Small amounts of cubanite and marcasite have been found. The paragenesis, as given by
Langford9 for the Geco occurrence, is as follows:
(I) formation of pyrite;
(2) fracturing and introduction of quartz;
(3) formation of pyrrhotite;
(4) formation of chalcopyrite, overlapped in part and followed by;
(5) formation of sphalerite; and
(6) formation of galena.
The presence of ex—solution textures of sphalerite in chalcopyrite and of chalcopyrite in sphalerite
indicates that the Geco ore minerals were formed at high temperatures, and that the deposit, according

6. The Northern Miner, April 5, p. 4!, .56
7. Langford, F. F., "Geology of the Geco Mine in the Iv¼znitouwadge Area, District of Thunder
Bay, Ontario," Unpublished M. A. thesis, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, 1955.

8. Op. cit.
9. Op. cit.

35

�to LJndren's1° classification, is of the hypothermal typeU. This conclusion follows from the work of
Buergerl2, who points out that chalcopyrite unmixes from sphalerite at temperatures of 350 to 4000 C,
and from the work of Edwards13, who states that sphalerite unmixes from chalcopyrite at temperatures
of 500 to 6000 C.

Structural Controls of Ore Deposition
One of the most interesting aspects of geological survey work is speculation as to the reasons why
ore deposits are where they are after the ore deposits have been discovered and partly developed.
Such speculation, in the hope that it may prove useful to further exploration, will constitute the
balance of this paper. The structural controls of ore deposition in the Manitouwadge Lake area may
be considered under two headings: malor controls, and minor controls.

Major Controls
The major controls over the deposition of the ores were the folded structures and certain pre—ore
fa u Its.

Folded Structures: In regard to the folded structures, dip determinations, and measurements of
Iineatio made apparent by the parallel alignment of elongate biotite flakes and prismatic crystals of
amphibole, indicate a regional plunge of the formations to the northeast. This plunge ranges from 15 —
25° in the west section of the area to about 40° in the east section. Of interest is the fact that the
rake of all the known ore bodies or mineralized zones, and in the case of the Geco ore body, also of
the zonal arrangement of sulphides, is in the same direction and at the same angle as the plunge of the
formations.

Pre—Ore Faults: One of the most interesting features of the area is the localization of the Geco

and Willroy No. I ore bodies along a very persistent horizon of sericitized quartz—feldspar—biotite
gneiss. At the Geco mine, this horizon is cut by north—south dikes of pegmatite, which are terminated

abruptly by the massive suiphide core of the ore body and do not appear in expected positions on the
other side of the core. This indicates that the massive suiphides were localized in a fault zone, and
that this zone served as a channelway, along which the hydrothermal solutions, that effected the
sericitization of the gneiss and the deposition of the ore minerals, actually migrated.

At first consideration, it would appear that this fault zone, which is post—pegmatite in age, was
developed after the formation of the major syncline. But the horizon of sericitized gneiss has been
traced continuously across the area for a distance of 4 miles, and throughout this length it is everywhere conformable to the folded unaltered sediments enclosing it. Because of this, and because the
alteration indicates the presence of a continuous channelway during the epoch of mineralization, it

0. Lindgren, W., "Mineral Deposits," McGraw—Hill Book Co. Inc., N.Y., 1933.
II. Langford, F. F., op. cit.
12. Buerger, M. W., "Unmixing of Chalcopyrite from Sphalerite," Am. Mineral., Vol. 25, pp. 534—
538,

1934.

13. Edwards, A. B., "Textures of the Ore Minerals," Aust. Inst. of Mn. and Met., Melbourne,
Australia, 1947.

36

�s concluded that the sericitized gneiss represents a bedding fault that was deformed with the other
rock formations during the regional folding.
The other ore bodies or mineralized zones in the area do not occur along persistent horizons of
cltered rock. Nevertheless, it is thought that they also may have been localized along folded bedding
:aults — faults that were of limited lateral extent and were formed as parallel structures merely sub—
sdiary to the break" represented by the sericitized gneiss. In this regard, it is to be noted that
mineralized zones containing pyrite and pyrrhotite have been found in numerous localities throughout
the area, but that it is only close to the horizon of sericitized gneiss that such zones contain any
significant amounts of copper, zinc, or silver.

Minor Controls

The minor features which are known to have exerted some influence in the localization of the ore
codies are: (I) intrusive—sediments contacts; (2) local curves or bends in the formations; and (3) the
oresence of flat—lying bodies of granite pegmatite.
Intrusive—Sediments Contacts: Examination of Fig. 4 shows that the Geco ore body lies within
sericitized gneiss, which iidordered to the north by biotite granite and by garnetiferous amphibole —
biotite gneiss. Where the sericitized gneiss is bordered by the granite, the best widths and values in
copper have been found. On the other hand, where it is bordered by the garnetiferous amphibole—
biotite gneiss, both to the west and to the east, the widths and metallic content decrease, and even
the sericitic alteration becomes weak. It would thus appear that the contact, between the granite
and the sericitized gneiss, localized the structural adjustments that provided the open spaces necessary
for the migration of the ore—forming fluids and the deposition of the metallic sulphides.

A second example, illustrating the effect of intrusive—sediments contacts on the localization of

ore, is found in the Willroy No. 3 zone. Here the mineralization lies in a band of iron formation.
This iron formation, and the sulphide mineralization within it, have been traced for 2300 feet. But
the zone only attains ore grade where, over a length of 1200 feet, the iron formation is bordered
along its footwall aide by a narrow, sill-like body of pegmatite.
Local Curves or Bends in the Formations: A second minor but nevertheless important control over
the localization of the ore bodies was the presence of local curves or bends in the formations. As
shown in Fig. 4, the formations in the vicinity of the Geco ore body strike roughly east—west for a
considerable distance, and dip vertically to steeply south. Near the west boundary of the area
represented, however, the horizon of sericitized gneiss assumes a strike of N. 550 W. and a dip of
650 to 750 N. E. The ore body occurs where the sericitized gneiss strikes east—west and has a
vertical or near—vertical dip. Similar conditions are found on the Willroy property. Here there are
three ore bodies, all of which trend roughly east—west, and all of which terminate westward at
points where their respective host rocks curve sharply to assume northwest strikes and flatter dips.

The reason for the localization of the four ore bodies, along the east—west portions of their
favourable host rocks, close to points of deflection in attitude, is found at the Geco mine. It was
mentioned previously that the massive sulphide core of the ore body is localized along a fault zone
which truncates iiixfies of pegmatite. In the sericitized gneiss adfacent to the massive sulphides
numerous drag folds have been mapped. These drag folds are of two types: one type is "Z" —
shaped in plan and is compatible with thy major Manitouwadge syncline; the other type is "S'
shaped in plan and hence is a "reverse"structure incompatible with the major fold. Such "reverse"
—

37

�drag folds have been found only in the horizon of sericitized gneiss, and it is logical to assume that
they are expressions of the movement which culminated in the post—pegmatite faulting. They plunge
at about 400 E., and indicate that the block of ground north of the fault moved down and to the west.
A relative displacement of this type would result in the development o'favourable open spaces along
the steep—dipping portions of the fault zone. Thus, as pointed out by Newhouse, 14 if one portion of
a fracture surface dips steeply, and the other portion has a lower angle of dip, and if the hanging wall
moves relatively down, the hanging wall will ride on the flat—dipping portion as a supporting surface.
This will separate the hanging wall from a footwall along the steeply—dipping portion of the fracture
surface to form an opening.
Presence of Flat—Lying Bodies of Pegmatite: The third minor control over the localization of the
ore bodies in the area was the presence of small, flat—lying bodies of pegmatite extending across
horizons of favourable host—rocks. At the Geco mine, the north—south pegmatites that are truncated
by the massive sulphide core dip at flat angles, in places eastward, in other places westward. These
pegmatites are typically massive, pink, unaltered varieties. But, within a foot or two of their contacts,
they are somewhat sericitized, and display fractures healed by metallic sulphides. According to
Walter Clarke, chief geologist of Geco Mines, Limited, the disseminated ore in the sericitized
gneiss tends to improve in grade as the contacts of these flat—lying bodies are approached. Similar
pre—ore pegmatites cut across the ore zone at the Willroy No. I ore body. As each of the two
pegmatites are approached from below, an increase in the width and/or grade of the ore body is
apparent. Because of this it is thought that the flat—lying pegrnatites served as relatively impermeable
barriers, which inhibited the migration of the ore—forming fluids and thus effected sulphide deposition
in the sericitized gneiss at or close to their contacts.

Conclusions

Exploration and development work at the various properties permits tentative acceptance of
certain valuable conclusions about the mineralization in the area. These facts are as follows:

) The mineral deposits are of Archaean age and may be related genetically to the granitic rocks.
(2) All the known mineral deposits are replacement deposits, either disseminated or lode fissure in
character, and occur in either iron formation or sedimentary gneiss.
(3) The mineral deposits were formed at high temperatures, and may be considered as representative
of Lindgre&amp;s hypothermal class.
(4) The deposits are controlled in their attitudes by the major folded structures, and rake flatly

eastward

horizon
close

parallel to lineations.

They lie within a pre—ore folded fault zone that is represented

(5)

in the field by a persistent
parallel structures

of sericitized quartz—oligoclase—biotite gneiss, or they lie within smaller,

to the horizon of sericitized gneiss.

(6)

adjacent

strike roughly east—west, and
where those formations curve sharply to assume a northwest strike and

All the important ore bodies are found where the formations
to and east of places

relatively flat dips to the north.
Two ore bodies, the Geco and the Willroy No. 3, are localized along the contacts between
(7)
granite or pegmatite and their respective favourable host rocks.

Newhouse, W. H. "Structural Feature Associated with Ore Deposits," in Ore Deposits as
Related to Structural Features, Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J., p. 17, 1942.
14.

38

�(8) In two cases, at the Geco mine and in the Wiliroy No. I ore body, flat bodies of pegmatite
served as relatively impermeable barriers, which inhibited the migration of the ore—forming fluids and
effected sulphide deposition in the host rock at or close to their contacts. It is of interest to note that
in several localities in the area, the horizon of sericitized gneiss has been found to disappear beneath
outcrops of flat—lying pegmatites. Such occur at west end of the Geco ore body, in the extreme northwest corner of the Willroy property, and again between the Nama Creek and Lun Echo properties. In
each of these places favourable ore structures may exist. But it seems unlikely that sulphide bodies
can be located beneath the pegmatites by geophysical methods. Rather, it is concluded that successful
exploration will necessitate detailed geological mapping, to determine the approximate location and
trend of the sericitized gneiss beneath the pegmatites, followed by expensive diamond drilling.

39

�THE BLIND RiVER, ONTARIO, URANIUM AREA*
by

S. M. Roscoe

The development of a major uranium mining field near Blind River, about 100 miles east of Sault
Ste. Marie, Ontario, has doubtless been watched with considerable attention by those connected with
the mineral industry here in the Lake Superior region. This new mining district is very different from
any other mining district in Canada. It is, in many respects, more like an oil field than a mining area.
From a geologist's point of view this has had several interesting effects. Probably more than in older
mining areas, the services of numerous well—trained geologists are recognized as indispensible not only
in controlling exploration work but also in helping to maintain profitable production from known ore—
bodies. Most of the mining geologists, coming from other mining areas, have had the stimulating
experience of having to re—orient their thinking from an emphasis on structure to an emphasis on
stratigraphy and on concepts of sedimentation. Interesting also is the keen interest workers in the area
have in problems of genesis — that is: are the deposits syngenetic or epigenetic? An important byproduct of the Blind River discoveries is the promise of a wealth of new geological data pertaining to
Huronicsn rocks in the region north of Lake Huron.
The Blind River uranium deposits are in pyritic quartz—pebble conglomerate beds within and near
the base of Huronian sedimentary rocks. They are very similar to the gold-uranium deposits of the
Witwatersrand in South Africa.

The first discovery of this type of uranium deposit was the Pronto, near the shore of Lake Huron
about 10 miles east of Blind River. The uraniferous conglomerate at Pronto was found at the base of a
sequence of quartzite and other sedimentary rocks which unconformably overlies granite and green—
stone. This discovery triggered intensive prospecting activity throughout the region in 1953. The
search was concentrated along the contact between Huronian and pre—Huronian rocks. A number of
deposits similar to the Pronto were soon discovered in basal Huronian rocks in the Quirke Lake —
Elliot Lake sector about 25 miles northeast of Blind River. All of the important uranium deposits
discovered to date in the Blind River area (other than the Pronto deposit) are in this sector.
Numerous other occurrences of radioactive conglomerate have been found in other parts of the
region, but in most of these the radioactivity is due principally to thorium. Possibilities of finding
uranium deposits in these other areas, however, cannot, by any means, be considered exhausted.

General Geology
In the Quirke Lake — Elliot Lake sector, the Huronian rocks are folded into an open syncline

* Published by permission of the Acting Deputy Minister, Department of Mines and Technical Surveys,
Ottawa.

40

�which plunges gently to the west. The belt of sedimentary rocks preserved within the syncline is about
9 miles wide and about 5,000 feet thick in the central part (Fig. l).*

Pre-Huronian Rocks

The pre—Huronian rocks, where overlain by Proterozoic formations, are principally greenstones
invaded by granodiorite. These basement rocks are averlain with unquestionable unconformity by the
Huronian sedimentary rocks. Immediately beneath the unconformity, in most places, the basement
rocks are altered in a manner very suggestive of a weathering profile. The altered zones show
gradations upwards from normal basement rocks into highly sericitic rocks which are interpreted as
residual deposits, or paleosols formed prior to deposition of the Huronian sediments. This residuum is
thickest — locally up to 50 Feet tkick — where it overlies granitic rocks. It seems probable that such
deeply—weathered zones were extensive over the pre-Huronian surface and provided the source of
detrital material for the basal Huronian sediments.

Huronian Sedimentary Rocks

The Huronian sedimentary rocks of the North Shore of Lake Huron region were divided by Collins
(1925) into a lower, Bruce series and an upper series called the Cobalt series. The Bruce series was
divided from bottom to top into: the Mississagi formation —mainly quartzite; the Bruce Boulder conglomerate; the Espanola formation — limestone and greywacke; and the Serpent quartzite formation.
Numerous drill—holes have now provided much more detailed information on the succession in the
Quirke Lake — Elliot Lake sector than was obtainable from the original surface mapping. Stratigraphic
correlations are very important in exploration for uranium ore iii this area, so it seems very desirable
that some of the rock-stratigraphic units be redefined in the light of these new data. It is proposed
that the Huronian rocks be divided into groups on the basis of cyclic repetitions of boulder conglomerate
layers throughout the sequence. The Mississagi unit is elevated from formational rank to group rank
and its base is defined as the bottom of the lowermost boulder conglomerate. The Elliot group, below
this boulder conglomerate, is subdivided into two formations, the Matinenda formation and the Nordic
formation. (Table I).

Matinenda Formation

The Matinenda formation contains all of the uranium deposits of the area and will be described in
some detail. It is not possible within the scope of this paper to describe other stratigraphic units.
These are illustrated diagrammatically on the accompanying composite columnar section. The following general features shown on the diagram might be noted in passing: The succession is characterized
by layers of boulder conglomerate, each overlain by fine—grained sedimentary rocks which are in turn
overlain by coarse grained, clastic sedimentary rocks. Both the Elliot group and the Mississagi
group thicken rapidly to the south and also show a pronounced decrease in grain size in this direction.
Note also that the Mississagi group overlaps the Elliot group in the northern part of the area. Such

* Unfortunately it is not possible to reproduce more of the author's maps in this publication.
reader is referred to the bibliography. — Ed.

The

�['441J

to

may

o

0

(;ucIbcry !r'ipL tee)

some oinr rentLe (i)

cc

1eweenawan pooke

Grcnttio
Iva roo

4. ruc,
tnoluctc,

Ii

GriinLr

Fniaoocoio

S

10

'OR

N

14.

N

1

A

V

&gt;&lt;

-7

-I

'

&lt;

V
.7

V

C

&amp;

-

N

&gt;

A

L

'7

-

-

-7

N

-,

4

r-

.,

,
N

.3

074(1

L

-'

.,

&gt;r

—

N

&lt;

&gt;V

'1

N-

Lrc

-7

I

A
4-

LnkC
take

L

&gt;4

4-7

4

(

3

4-

-4

-7

V

4-

/
/4.

L

.4.

&gt;1

-7&lt;
,J
.7

-,
F

-1

4..

&lt;-7

V&lt;

&gt;

4

-

r

A

&lt;

(-

200

4-

-77&lt;4&lt;1-

A

&lt;

I-

ç

4-

N

N

N-

4

+

-4-

-4-

4-

4

+

+

'-+

.4-

-4

+

+

+

4-

+
4

4

4

N

4

-4-

-N

+

4-

4.
+

..

+

-4

-4

+

+

4-

4-

-4-

+
+c,l

+

+

.4.

4

.4.

•+

+

+

+

+

+

+

N

N

+

+

.4.

4

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

4.

+

4-

-N

-4

+

4-

+

-

+

+

-4-

-

N

4

+

-N

L4

4.

4-

-4-

4-

+

-f'4

cli

-4

4

+

)

-4

4-

4

-N

4-

4.

+

4-

4-

+

+

+

4

-4.

+

+

-4-.

+

N

+

A

000,lrr1in000

-N

4

4

-4

+
4

+

4

+
4

-f

-I-

+

+LN

-4-

4-

-4

+

+

4-

+

+

+

4

Group nt rrtdtorloltve

.4.

+

+

-4.

liIJROR

&lt;N

A

F 1&gt;

N-

N '

3

3 L- 1

F'

N

J

'&lt;

V

LAKE

N4,4

A

1

-4

&lt;V

OF

mnt4morphio rooks.

rooks.

-'-Elliot

-

iflQ(l4O5 some yornper st-cniLe (4)
'I

-

1&lt;
&lt;

1-

-i

'7

.37

)

v

&gt;1F-44-

4-IA

A

L-&lt;

,

14-

F'

i

Al 41

N

4

1

1A

-4&gt;

N

N V -4

V.
Nt-'7
--

V

41

A,

N

-4

N N

'J

&gt;t1N),J

and mntamOrphto

_4.

-.

4-1

7

1,

j,

AN &lt;N

&lt;

N

7N '7&gt; -&lt;

Imonlitry, voloania, and

Fq.

sail

OrmimOOtone,

rmoat "Ituronicin'
OrflnlL'

tome

-

-7

&lt;"

1&gt; A

4-

-&lt;

)

N

V/N

-,

-'

N

l0O mtls

L

-4.4

j."
-i

-'

f

-1

V

•1

N &lt;N&lt;

v

NORTE

7,&lt;A AL- &gt;L

RE000N

4r
N

SCALE

A

-

A

,j

-

4-

N

,.4r

'.rL

I&lt;-7
4-

N7

INL-

I-

A

&gt;

THZ

&gt;L-

&lt; l'4

- —&lt;

&gt;

- &gt;'
4V
'l

2-7

N

-4

IN

'J-Iuronian" sedImentary, voloanic,

----*-

N
-

1-

'&gt; N-I
N &lt;

&lt;4

4V&lt;
&lt;7

F'

N

RO0I(S

¶7&gt; LNt)

I&lt;1

"4-74.,

&lt;

L-

,

SAIJLT STE. MARX]

-7

-J

DISTRIOUIO1 0 'HUROI4iAN"

4-

-N

4-

-N

+

-4.

4

4-

÷

4-

.4

4-

+

+

4.

4-

+

+

4-

+

4.

4-

4

+

.4.

÷

+

+

4-

•

4-

+

4-

+

-N

-f

+

+

4

�(A)

.

it

0

31

aNkDtN

pnSau.CuIaN

ouNce

IZPAi1CLA

MISSISSAQI

QUIRSIE

SERflNT

COWO.ASIbA

F.MATIaL

PRJ

UNCONFM1TY

C

QUNLO)

;RouI'

caanmas 0) }'MOiMED )MICC.ATIJtE AND OLDtR NOIISNCIA!VN*

g

Qrtenatuaa as gentle

Pairotol (granite ao&amp; greenotone
residuum on pre -Ituronlan
erosion surface)

PuIyeniutI balder conglomerate

OligSnduttc (quautaptbb1.1
conglomerate

qitartatte

Quit uuarsu-graiurd 1e1dapaIc

F.ldupsthft quartuliN, uubgrsynckr

Oreywuckr-uMjatoa

ci

Ai-gILlit. sIIttoiN g)Ny*&amp;)kD

SAmsnan.

I)

H NDflS

SouthH
ELLIOT LAKE AREA

STRATICRAP}IIC SEQUENCE AND FACIRS VARIATIONS. QUIRKE LAKE-ELLIOT LAKE

A)DtAtnD

QUIRKE LAKE AREA

�overlaps towards the north of lower formations by succeedingly higher formations is characteristic of
the Huronian succession throughout the region.
The Matinenda formation is composed of coarse—grained, clastic rocks including: quartz grit,
feldspathic quartzite, arkose, and quartz—pebble conglomerate. These rocks are poorly bedded and
poorly sorted, for the most part. Torrential cross bedding, seen on all outcrops of the formation,
shows dips which were originally southeast to east (prior to folding). The formation shows pronounced
local variations in thickness as well as a general regional thickening from north to south (0 to 700
feet). These local variations in thickness are believed to reflect the original topography of the pre—
Huronian surface. The thicker parts can thus be interpreted as representing filled valleys, while
adiacent thinner portions overlie hills and ridges on the buried pre—Huronian surface. Isopach maps
show these valleys and ridges to have a southeasterly trend. The formation is believed to have been
of alluvial origin, deposited by streams which flowed in a southeasterly direction.

The Matinenda formation is distinctly radioactive. The radioactivity, apparently due mainly to
monazite and zircon, is highest in coarse—grained pyrite—bearing beds.

Closely packed quartz—pebble

conglomerate is particularly pyritic and radioactive, with the radioactivity due to disseminated high—
grade uranium minerals — brannerite, uraninite and 'thucolite' — as well as due to thorium in the more
ubiquitous monazite and zircon. The thickest, coarsest—grained, most closely packed and most
uraniferous conglomerate beds are found in relatively thick parts of the formation — that is, within or
overlying pre—Huronian "valleys".

Uranium Deposits

Two such "valley" structures contain most of the uranium ore deposits discovered to date in the
area. One extends southeastward from the Algom—Quirke mine and contains ore deposits along a
length of about 5 miles which include the Algom—Quirke deposit, the Consolidated Denison deposit,
the Spanish American deposit, the Zenmac deposit, the Panel deposit, and the Can Met deposit. The
other extends northwestward from Algom's Nordic mine and contains ore deposits along a known

length of about 4 miles which include the Nordic deposit, the Lake Nordic deposit, the Milliken
Lake deposit, and the Stanleigh deposit. Algom's two mines are approaching production with plants
that will have a combined capacity of 6,000 tons per day. Denison is constructing a 5,700 ton plant;
Can Met, a 2,500 ton plant. The other companies mentioned are either sinking shafts or have
announced plans to sink. Pronto is in production with a plant rated at 1,250 tons per day capacity.
Thicknesses of ore zones are about 10 feet, and individual ore sections up to 32 feet thick have
been reported. The ore deposits most typically consist of interlayered beds, one to three feet thick,
of quartz—pebble conglomerate, conglomeritic quartzite, and pebble—free quartzite. The selection
of the sections of such conglomeritic zones which are to be mined must be carefully controlled by
sampling. Some of the highly pyritic conglomerate layers contain several tenths of one per cent

U308, and rare seams, a fraction of an inch thick, may contain up to several per cent U308.
Conglomeritic quartzite contains less uranium than the highly pyritic conglomerate, and pebble—free
quartzite contains only very small amounts of uranium. In places, however, such quartzite contains a
very high uranium content associated with pyrite along seams which follow cross—bedding planes.
The ratio of thorium to uranium varies widely. ln quartzite and pebbly quartzite it is about 3 to I.
In most ore deposits it is less than to I. In general, pyrite content, uranium content and thorium
content all show close relationships to sedimentary features but show no clear cut relationship to
features such as folds, faults, or contacts of diabase dykes. Places have been discovered, however,
where uranium values appear to cut across sedimentary contacts and where rocks, not normally very
I

44

�radioactive, contain ore where they are in contact with rich conglomerate.

Pyritic Quartz-pebble Conglomerate
The ore conglomerate contains pebbles of quartz, a few chert and jasper pebbles, and, very
rarely, pebbles of argillite, greenstone, and granite. Pebbles are from 1/4 inch to 2 inches in diameter, and fairly well sized within individual layers (Fig. 2). They are moderately rounded and, in the

Fig. 2. Hand Specimens of Pyritized Conglomerate from, left to right; Pronto Uranium Mines,
Ontario; Algom Uranium Mines, Ontario.
45

�richest conglomerates, are tightly packed. The matrix contains abundant grains of pyrite, poorly—
sorted granules and silt—sized particles of quartz and feldspar, and small plates of muscovite, sericite,
chlorite, and epidote.
The poorly sorted matrix of the conglomerate was probably not greatly modified by diagenetic
Secondary quartz is found at the rims of some quartz pebbles. Overgrowths are found on a
few quartz and feldspar grains and a little carbonate is present in the matrix of some conglomerate
samples. It is difficult, however, to distinguish between secondary minerals of authogenic origin and
those related to later metamorphism and hydrothermal alteration.
processes.

The conglomerates and adjacent rocks have been markedly deformed, probably concomitantly
with folding and thrust faulting in the Huronian rocks. The following effects of such deformation are
observable in thin sections: undulatory extinction in quartz grains; fractures with displacements;
rotation of grains; and comminution of matrix material. The crushed rocks have been re—healed by
secondary quartz, mica, chlorite and other minerals. Serrated boundaries between grains and
granular texture within pebbles are common. Much of the pyrite has clearly crystallized or has been
recrystallized subsequently to the deformation. Some of the uranium mineralization is also post—
deformation in age.

Most of the uranium in the ore is within grains of an amorphous, or metamict, material. This
material contains abundant inclusions of anatase and gives an X—ray powder diffraction pattern
similar to that of anatase; after strong heating, it gives the pattern of brannerite — a uranium titanate —
as well as an anatase pattern. This material is therefore referred to as 'brannerite', although it cannot
be considered certain that it was ever in the form of crystalline brannerite. The brannerite' occurs
as discrete rounded grains and also as irregular intergrowths with pyrite. Uraninute is abundant in
some ores and is found as angular to subangular grains. Brecciated uraninite grains have been noted.
Thucolite', a uraniferous hydrocarbon, is common along fractures in the ores and also in rocks a
considerable distance away from ore conglomerate beds. Pitchblende has been reported. Monazite
and zircon, abundant in most ore samples, occur as rounded grains of detrital origin. Radioactive
epidote (possibly allanite) and radioactive titanite have also been noted.
Marcasite occurs in place of pyrite in some ores. Pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite are common,
particularly in conglomerate at the very base of the Matinenda formation. Magnetite has been
reported associated with pyrite. Cobaltite has also been identified. Galena is common. Molybdenite
is found along slip planes in adjacent country rocks. Sphalerite is commonly associated with thucolite
and carbonate in veinlets. Trace amounts of gold, silver, chromium, nickel and vanadium are also
present in the ores.

Origin
Our knowledge of these deposits is still far

a theory of their genesis.

credible

too incomplete to allow any forceful advancement of
nevertheless, to give a brief summary of the more

It might be interesting,

hypotheses of origin which have been advanced.

The placerists suggest that the original quartz—pebble gravels contained hematite, ilmenite,
magnetite, rutile, titanite, epidote, pyrite and other sulphides, monazite, zircon and many other
heavy minerals, including uranium minerals (possibly 'brannerite and uraninite). Subsequent
diagenetic and metamorphic processes effected a certain amount of solution, redistribution, and
recrystallization of constituents with little change in bulk chemical composition or addition of new

46

�elements other than sulphur. Large quantities of the latter are, of course, required to convert iron

oxides to pyrite.
The most serious criticism raised against this theory is that uranium minerals, particularly
uraninite, are very unstable under weathering conditions and could not possibly have survived to become important constituents of the gravels. The most resistant radioactive minerals, such as monazite,
contain much more thorium than uranium. Such minerals are also the most abundant radioactive
minerals in most granitic rocks, which most commonly have a thorium—uranium ratio of about 3 to I.
If it be granted for the moment that it is unlikely that there were in the source area any large bodies
of rock which contained resistant uranium minerals in greater abundance thati thorium minerals, then
it seems unlikely that extensive placer deposits which contain more uranium than thorium could have
been formed. It is necessary, therefore, to consider possible mechanisms whereby the conglomerates
could become enriched in uranium relative to thorium. Hydrothermal solutons or ground water, for
example, may have dissolved uranium from adjacent country rocks and re—precipitated it in conglomerate; thorium might, at the same time, have been removed from the conglomerate.

The hydrothermalists, seizing with glee upon the fact that the placerists are forced to admit that
huge quantities of sulphur must have been added to the conglomerates, suggest that the relatively
minute quantities of uranium in the conglomerates were introduced in the same manner, probably at
the same time and probably from some deep seated source, rather than from adjacent rocks or from
surficial waters.
This later hypothesis requires that the conglomerates were preferred exclusively to all other rocks
and structures as hosts for the introduced uranium. Such a preference could be attributed only to a
much greater permeability or much more dilatant condition of the conglomerates as compared to other
rocks at the time of the postulated uranium mineralization. Prior to consolidation, the quartz—pebble
gravel with its poorly-sorted matrix was probably not greatly more permeable than overlying and
underlying sands. It is difficult to evaluate how the relative permeabilities of the two rock types
might have been changed by diagenesis, by cataclastic deformation and by metamorphism.
Most of our present knowledge of these uranium deposits is of a qualitative nature. Quantitativa
data on mineralogy, chemical composition, structural relationships, ages of mineralization, and so
on, may resolve the problem, but a consideration of the length of time that the same problem has
been argued in South Africa would warn us against expecting a speedy solution to the problem of
origin of the Blind River Uranium ores.

Bibliography

Abraham, E. M.: Geology of Parts of Long and Spragge Townships, Blind River Uranium Area,
District of Algoma; Ont. Dept. Mines, P.R. 1953—2, 1953.
Arnold, R. G.: A Preliminary Account of the Mineralogy and Genesis of the Uraniferous Conglomerates of Blind River, Ontario; M. A. Sc. Thesis, 1954, University of Toronto. (On file at
Library, University of Toronto).

Collins, W. H.: North Shore of Lake Huron; Geol. Surv. Can., Mem. 143, 1925.
Hart, R. C.; Harper, H. G.; and Algom Field Staff: Uranium Deposits of the Quirke Lake Trough,
Algoma District, Ontario; C.I.M.M. Bull. Vol. 48, No. 517, 1955, (pp. 260-265).
Joubin, F. R.: Uranium Deposits of the Algoma District, Ontario; C.I.M. Trans., Vol LVII, 1954
(pp. 431-437).
Traill, R. J.: A Preliminary Account of the Mineralogy of Radioactive Conglomerates in the Blind
47

�River Region, Ontario; Can. Mm. Jour., Apr. 1954.

Discussion

Dr. A. W. Jolliffe (Queens University, Kingston, Canada): I would like to comment very briefly
on this paper. One thing that I think the speaker did not emphasize that is worthwhile stressing is
that here is an unusual deposit with some hundreds of millions of tons worth something in excess of a
billion dollars. That is not lust a pious hope; it has been blocked out and a great deal of the ore has
already been sold. So here is one of the great deposits of all time and it was found by a geologist,
Mr. Franc. R. Joubin. The staking that followed the initial find was entirely guided by a geological map prepared by the Geological Survey of Canada - Dr. Collins' original map of this area made
in 1924.
think that point is worth stating; perhaps Dr. Roscoe did not want to stress it because he is
a member of the Geological Survey of Canada himself, and I know from talking with the people who
are developing these mines how great a contribution they feel that geology in general, and the
Geological Survey of Canada in particular, have made to the development of this amazing camp.
I

Dr. J. W. Gruner (University of Minnesota): If we could imagine that the Colorado Plateau were
metamorphosed as the Bruce series is we might get something similar to the Bruce series and to the
Blind River deposits but there would be certain differences which would be very marked in the Plateau.
We have no thorium whatsoever and of course that is one reason why the Plateau deposits are easy to
explore because thorium does not interfere with any of the radiometric counting. We would also have
another difference — that would be the presence of organic—plant trash as they call it out there. This
is fossil material which of course would not be present in the Bruce series. But one thing we would

have that would correspond to the thucolite, except for the thorium, would be asphaltite. The
largest deposits on the Plateau are associated with this supposedly oil—derived, asphaltic hard material
which you call thucolite in Canada. The clastic nature of the brannerite which have seen in
microsopic sections has been compared with the clastic grains of uraninite in the Witwatersrand. However that is the greatest objection, as you all know, to epigenetic hydrothermal origin of these deposits, if these clastic grains exist. If they are really clastic grains we must change our ideas of the
climate of the Precambrian because uraninite is not stable, we are sure, under the present conditions
of oxygen in the atmosphere.
I

Mr. Wm. Belobraidich (Oliver Iron Mining Division): I understand that airborne magnetics were
flown over the area. Was there any significant correlation between the magnetics and the orebody
itself?
Dr. Roscoe: No, there was none whatsoever; even scintillation airborne surveys have not been
outstandingly successful in the area. They in general simply show outcrop areas of the tv¼itinenda
formation or other radioactive formations and the aerial—magnetic surveys show diabase dikes and
gabbroic bodies in basement rocks. There has been some thought of attempting to trace basement
structures by use of magnetic information with the view that the basement structures would have a
bearing on the topography of the basement floor and one might be able to get some clues about drilling in that manner, but nothing successful has been done that I know of.

48

�MAGNETIC PROSPECTING FOR IRON ORES
by

W. George WahI

Iron—rich minerals forming ore deposits can be detected by all of the commonly used geophysical
techniques except those based on radioactive decay. If the necessary geophysical contrasts exist,
iron ore deposits can be mapped by electromagnetic, resistivity and self—potential surveys. Gravity
surveys have outlined non—magnetic ore bodies but magnetism is the natural field force most commonly
measured in the geophysical prospecting for iron ores.

In general it may be stated that either iron ore deposits or the iron formations from which the
deposits are derived are magnetic. This is true of the deposits in Michigan, Minnesota, Labrador,
Quebec, and Ontario, but not of the Steep Rock and Michipicoten, Ontario, and Wabana, Newfoundland districts.
The increased competition for new iron ore deposits caused by the depletion of reserves has
forced instrument modifications and changes in field procedures which would speed up the mapping of
magnetic data. Interpretive techniques had to be devised which would satisfy the demand for a rapid
appraisal of magnetic anomalies.

The field and interpretative methods and instrument modificatbns which will be discussed encompass the whole range of magnetic instruments from the first geophysical tool, the compass, to the
latest, the airborne magnetometer.
The compass is being used more and more as a reconnaissance geophysical tool because of its

portability and ease of operation. The type of compass commonly wned by the prospectors can be
used to gather data on the direction of the horizontal component of the magnetic force. If sufficient care is used, the results obtained can map magnetic deposits in great detail. The least a
compass survey can accomplish is to delimit the area for more involved surveys.
The compass may be used as a geophysical tool by measuring the azimuth of a line at fixed
intervals across the area to be mapped. Pacing along surveyed property boundaries, claim lines, or

picket lines will give sufficient control for this type of mapping.
The local magnetic deflection may be plotted by arrows pointing in the direction taken by the
compass needle. Figure I shows the results obtained by measuring the azimuth of north—south claim

lines at 200 foot stations across an iron formation. This illustration shows that traverse lines 1/4 mile
apart will map an iron formation in sufficient detail to enable certain deductions to be made as to
the location and size of the causitive body. In this particular case, the data show that the iron for—
mation reaches its greatest width towards the east side of the area mapped. This survey showed that
the formation had a large potential volume and minable width. Prospecting in the area outlined by
this survey uncovered an iron formation of sufficient promise to warrant further work. The compass
survey, besides delimiting the area to be covered by a magnetometer survey, also shows the direction
which the traverse lines should take to yield the most informative results.

49

�The data obtained on a compass survey may be shown in another manner, lithe amount of deflection from regional magnetic north is computed and if a negative value is assigned to those de—
flections which are east of regional magnetic north and a positive value to those deflections west of
regional magnetic north, the data may be contoured. The contoured results will show approximately
the location, length, and width of the causitive body. The depth may also be approximated. A
line drawn along the crest of the positive and negative anomalies will mark the extreme outside limit
of the magnetic deposit. These lines will also tend to define the length of the causitive body. The
zone across which the greatest rate of change occurs marks the axis of the magnetic body and also
gives an indication of the depth of burial.

The dip needle is another reconnaissance geophysical tool which will return excellent results if
properly used. The lack of control on the survey, misorientation and improper leveling are in direct
relationship with the care exerted by the operator. It has been found that a spot bubble on the face
of the instrument will be a great aid in orienting the dip needle in a strong magnetic field. It can be
shown that if the needle is counter—balanced so as to come to rest in a position normal to the earth's
magnetic field the instrument is much more sensitive to small changes in that field. The confusion of
positive and negative values, which are actually at odds with the normal conception of up and down
can be eliminated by reading zero when the north—seeking end of the needle points vertically up,
900 when horizontal and 1800 when pointing vertically down.
A Schmidt—type magnetometer is by design a delicate instrument of great sensitivity but cumbersome to use. Magnetometers have been or are being designed which will speed up the mapping of the
data in the field. The null type, torsion magnetometers which do not have to be oriented or leveled
and which have a great range of values are a step in the right direction.

A practical solution to the time—consuming practice of changing auxiliary magnets in the Schmidt
type instruments is to increase the size and weight of the sensitivity screw so that the scale constant
is increased to around 400 or 500 gammas per scale division. It has been observed that little information is lost by using such a large scale constant when the results have to be contoured in 5000
gamma intervals.

A detailed interpretation of magnetometer results obtained on a closely controlled survey will
describe the causitive body as to location, depth, length, width and approximate grade or
susceptibility. This is time consuming but the results obtained are usually sufficient to enable a
conclusion to be drawn as to the relative worth of the causitive body.

The following interpretative techniques have been devised which will rate the relative significance of magnetic anomalies on a preliminary appraisal of the magnetic data.
Location: The causitive body is directly below the peak of a magnetometer anomaly.
Depth: The depth can be approximated by measuring the horizontal distance between points
where isomagnetic lines of equal intensity are evenly spaced and closest together.
Area: The size of the causitive body can be approximated by sketching a line which loins the
points of zero curvature around the anomaly.
Grade: The relative grade or susceptibility of a magnetic body can be determined by comparing
the intensity per unit area of its anomaly with other anomalies of the same shape in the immediate
area. A discussion of this technique together with illustrations is presented later on in this paper.

'I

An airborne—magnetometer survey is the most rapid method by which large areas can be mapped.

The unit cost is low and the accuracy of the data obtained on a well controlled survey is equal to that
50

�obtained by the most sensitive ground instruments.

In Canada airborne-magnetometer maps are available at relatively low cost from several government agencies. These maps show the magnetic data as mapped at the flight elevation and along certain
flight lines. The data are contoured and as a result the placement of isomagnetic lines between the
flight lines is interpreted. This causes some of thediscrepenciesencountered when comparing the
results of a ground survey with those found on an airborne map. It is mere chance that a flight line
passes directly over the peak of an anomaly. During a field examination the area between flight
lines on either side of the peak of the anomaly mapped should be investigated. In some areas the lack

of identifiable ground control causes some errors in the plotting of data. It is therefore advisable to
cover additional ground to insure the adequate mapping on the ground of the cause of the anomaly
found by the airborne—magnetometer survey. No additional work such as drilling or test pitting
should be based on the results of an airborne survey alone.
When examining a magnetic trend on an airborne sheet it may be observed that the peak values
are not constant. This may be caused by a differing tenor of magnetite along the strike of the
formation, by thickening and thinning of the formation, by differences in depth of the burial of the
formation, by different flight elevations on adjacent flight lines, or by combinations of any of the
above.

Any interpretation of airborne mangetometer data must be made with a realization that the
intensity varies inversely as the square of the distance and that closely spaced anomalies on the
ground may resolve into one anomaly at the flight elevation. All interpretative techniques apply
equally as well to airborne data as they do to ground data.
The intensity per unit area method of comparing anomalies is especially useful when examining an
airborne magnetometer survey. This consists of recording the intensity of an anomaly and dividing by
the surface area of the anomaly. Comparison should only be made between anomalies of the same
shape and depth of burial. For example, in the vicinity of Marmora, Ontario there is a 7,000 gamma
positive anomaly found over the magnetite deposit now being mined by Bethlehem Steel Company,
(Fig. 2). Approximately 10 miles northeast of Marmora another 7,000 gamma anomaly is located
whkh is caused by a basic intrusive carrying about 5% magnetite, (Fig. 3). The anomaly over the
magnetite deposit has approximately 10 times the intensity per unit area of the other anomaly. It
may be assumed that magnetite comprises 50% of the mass causing the Marmora anomaly. This approximates the average grade of iron (35%) as shown by drilling.

Anomalies whose causitive bodies are at different depths of burial can be evaluated in a like
It is assumed that the intensity varies inversely as the square of the distance. Figures 2
and 5 show the Marmora anomaly as mapped at 500 feet terrain clearance. Figure 4 shows the
anomaly mapped at 5,000 feet terrain clearance.
manner.

The following formula can be applied:

distance squared xintensity
area

Figure 2

(500)2

x 6,700

104

16,000,000 sq. ft.
Figure 4

(5,000)2 x

140

=

70

S0,000,000sq. ft.

51

�FigvreZ

(500)2

x-,l0O

70

14,500,000 sq. ft.
The discrepency in the above results is caused by the inability of the airplane to duplicate the
flight paths. The results are sufficient to show that the method has merit.
In comparing anomalies by this method only those anomalies of similar shape should be compared.
Great discrepancies can result if long linear anomalies are compared to circular anomalies. Differences
are also great when linear anomalies trending north—south are compared to east—west trending anomalies.

52

�—

:t. C

...iat:- r

/

44i't

•

I.

'*C

-

-

1¼

CG.S. ANOMALY

p

/

0

2

Fig. 2. Seven—thousand gamma anomaly

Fig. I. Compass survey across iron
formation.

at Marmora, Ontario.

5000

14.0 C

Fig. 4. Marmora, Ontario anomaly at
5,000 feet clearance.

Fig. 3. Seven-thousand gamma anomaly
ten miles northeast of Marmora, Ontario.

500'

4100 !.

7

dnotndlvat

53

�RELATIONSHIP OF GRAVITY TO GEOLOG1CAL STRUCTURE

IN MICHIGAN'S UPPER PENINSULA
by

L. 0. Bacon

Introduction

Gravity measurements were begun in the Upper Peninsula in 1950 in an attempt to determine the
relationship between gravity variations and known geological structure, the final purpose of the work
being to increase our knowledge of major geologic structures which in the most part lie hidden beneath glacial drift in the western half of the peninsula or beneath the Paleozoic sediments of the
eastern half of the peninsula. This paper is a composite of work carried out by the writer and that of
four students who investigated selected areas as part of their graduate programs.

The area which was covered is shown in plate I.
area of about 17,000 square miles.

The Upper Peninsula of Michigan comprises an

Station density varied considerably, a total of 4000 stations being occupied; however, station
density varied from approximately one per square mile in the Iron River mining district to as little as
one per township in the eastern end of the peninsula. In almost all cases stations occupied were along
existing roads which in some areas are not very plentiful

Field Work
The gravity measurements were made with a Worden geodetic instrument which has a very low
instrumental drift rate.

Probable error in determination of latitude of the stations was± 0.1 mile. The majority of the
stations occupied were U. S. Geological Survey or U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey bench marks or
along Michigan highways where elevation control was better than ± 1 foot. In areas where few
bench marks were available, elevations were obtained by altimeter, using a station microbarograph
to monitor air pressure fluctuations. Elevations determined by altimeter have a probable error of
± 5 feet in much of the area. Some elevations determined in this manner may be in error by—I— 10
feet.
Topographic corrections were made for a limited number of stations; and such effects at other
stations probably do not exceed 0.2 or 0.3 milflgal, since the area is not rugged. Effects of curvature of the earth are of the order of 0.3 to 0.6 milligal, depending upon elevation of the station.
indirect effects are essentially constant over the area covered. In view of the above probable error,
it is believed that the precision of the reduced data is of the order of—i-- milligal.
I

54

�'cv

—'N

\

-

.

k

S:

,

DcvtItl#4

*IIU*4$.
4

-

K

.

I-,-

S*tV4
-:M194fl EC$U$W$W
NE CWEEw*Wsi
S IW11GIIIIM 1110$ flJfiIntIOIt

*

=

StAte

- MLCS

1=

to

Plate I. Gravity-geological map of Upper Michigan.
All stations values are calculated relative to the pendulum station at Iron River1, having a
Bouguer value of —5 milligals.
Plate I shows the gravity data of the Upper Peninsula contoured at a 10 milligal interval with the
5 milligal contour indicated in part of the area.

I. Numbers refer to bibliography at end of paper.

55

�Geology is taken from the Geologic Map of the Upper Peninsula of Michigan2 and is somewhat
generalized for the purposes of portrayal. The Huronian iron formations are shown, not primarily because they in themselves are deemed so important for their contribution to the gravity picture but
primarily as a marker horizon; it is quite obvious, however, that upper Huronian sediments in sync linal
structures do produce positive Bouguer anomalies.
Maior gravity anomalies occur in the Keweenaw Peninsula associated with the middle Keweenawan
lava flows. Other anomalies in the western half of the peninsula are generally associated with
Huronian synclinal structures. A broad regional gravity anomaly exists in the eastern half of the
peninsula.
On the Keweenaw Peninsula gravity values vary from —1—10 milligals along the north side of the
peninsula to — 70 milligals about t6 miles to the southeast along the southeast side of the peninsula.
The contact between the sandstones and the flows is a fault. This is a fairly steeply dipping reverse
fault having a throw generally considered to be the order of a few thousands of feet. A conservative
estimate, from calculations based upon the observed gravity data, is a throw of the order of 12,000
feet, using a density contrast of 0.48 between the Keweenawan flows (density 2.86) and the sandstone
(density 2.38). The very large gravity anomaly of the order of 100 milligals is strikingly similar in
appearance to the mid—continent gravity high through Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa and Kansas.3'4

At the western end of the Upper Peninsula the malor feature is still the anomaly associated with
the Keweenawan flows. However in the northern portion of the area a gravity terrace occurs on the
flank of the anomaly. This is in the Porcupine Mountain region and is associated with the acid
intrusives, granites and felsites which invade the area.
The Huronian iron formation in the western end of this area is the iron—producing Gogebic
The Huronian sediments here do not give rise to any pronounced gravity effect, a fact which
may be attributed in part to lack of sufficient gravity stations as well as the narrowness of the band of
sediments, which dip steeply northward between the Keweenawan flows to the north and the Archean
granites to the south. There is, however, a warping of the gravity contours produced by the flows to
the north and the less dense Archean rocks to the south.
range.

The south central area is almost entirely underlain by Precambrian sediments. The Upper
Huronian sediments which occur in synclines such as the Iron River—Crystal Falls district of the
Menominee range produce positive gravity anomalies because of the density contrast of about 0.3
between the Upper Huronian sediments and the surrounding Pre—Cambrian greenstones. Calculations
indicate that the sync line which comprises the Iron River—Crystal Falls district has a depth of the
order of 6000 feet. The deepest mines in the area extend downward only about 2000 feet.

To the west of this district occurs a gravity anomaly which is about of the same order of
magnitude. In a paper by Wyble and the writer in l95l the probable presence of a Huronian
sedimentary basin in this area similar to the one to the east was postulated. There are no outcrops in

the area, and seismic refraction surveys have indicated that glacial drift is from 60 to 300 feet in
thickness. Drilling on a magnetic anomaly at the south edge of the gravity anomaly in 1955 encountered an amphibolite.6 This may be responsible for the gravity anomaly, although the writer
does not believe that the limited work done is adequate to discount the original postulation.
The gravity anomaly associated with the Marquette Iron Range, which is a synclinal structure
somewhat similar to that of the Iron River—Crystal Falls district, has a maximum of 12 milligals in a
surrounding field of —20 milligals. Calculations of the depth of this basin gives a figure of the order
56

�of 8,000 feet.
Between these two synclinal basins lies a dome—shaped structure roughly 15 by 20 miles in extent.
This structure is called the Amasa Oval after a nearby village. The core of this structure is Archean
granite which gives rise to a negative anomaly of approximately 10 milligals with respect to the
surrounding area. The offset of the negative anomaly may well be only apparent, as there is an
extensive area which has not a single gravity station in it. Contouring of the area was done on the
basis of the data available. In general there are positive anomalies associated with the synclinal
structures which contain the Upper Huronian sediments.
The Menominee district shown to the south and east of the Iron River—Crystal Falls region does
not produce any pronounced gravity effect. The beds here dip to the south, and their east—west trend
is reflected in the warping of the gravity contours.
Magnetic measurements have traced the east—west belt as far eastward as Escanaba on the shores
of Lake Michigan where a gravity high of —11 milligals within a surrounding —35 milligals exists.
Actually, this gravity high lies to the north of the eastward extension of the Menominee Range; the
writer believes that it is due to either a synclinal basin containing Upper Huronian sediments or a
topographic high on the Precambrian surface, which at Escanaba lies about 800 feet beneath the
surface. The anomaly may be a combination of both the above possibilities. A few magnetic stations
in the northeast corner of this gravity anomalous area outlined a magnetic anomaly of about 10,000
gammas.

To the south of the Menominee Range the gravity values decrease rapidly and are probably due to
the thickening of the Paleozoic sediments as well as to the presence of granitic basement.

The gravity values in the eastern half of the Upper Peninsula are in the area covered by Paleozoic
The maior gravitational anomaly is the one associated with the Marciuette iron formation
and the broad gravity high extending to the southeast across most of the eastern half of the peninsula.
sediments.

A number of smaller local anomalies are evident either as closed contours or as warping of the
gravity contours. These are evidently a reflection of either the structure or the topography of the
Precambrian basement below the Paleozoics. The area is now undergoing active exploration by one
of the mining companies.
Returning to consideration of the broad southeast—trending gravity and magnetic anomaly, we
observe that it practically disappears where the Paleozoics thin out to nothing, that is, where the
Archean rocks crop out, which suggests that the negative values to the north and south are caused
by thick accumulations of lighter sediments.

As we go eastward, the anomaly increases in magnitude. The few exposures of Paleozoic rocks
have dips generally towards Lake Michigan, except in the northern part where the rocks on the north
side of the anomaly dip to the north toward Lake Superior. This fact seems to indicate that this anomaly
may be a reflection of the ridge or dividing line between the two basins. This is supported in part by
deep drilling in the eastern end of the peninsula.

Farther to the east we observe primarily only the continuation of this anomaly, which seems to
continue across the straits of Mackinac into lower Michigan where it probably merges with the
gravity high extending nearly the lepgth of the Lower Peninsula. There is also a swing of the anomaly
due northward, indicating that the positive anomaly extends perhaps across the eastern end of Lake
57

�Superior. This northward trend seems to tie in with some of the dense lavas exposed along the north
and east shores of Lake Superior in Ontario.

There is a definite possibility that it is a continuation of these lavas which produces the anomaly
running down through the Lower Peninsula of Michigan. The anomaly through the eastern Upper
Peninsula and down through the Lower Peninsula is strikingly similar to the mid—continent gravity
high which extends from the western end of the Lake Superior basin down through Minnesota, Iowa,
Nebraska and Kansas. This latter anomaly is considered to be caused by a basic rock within the
basement complex.

Conclusion

We see that the gravitational picture can be very complex in the region where Precambrian
rocks are near the surface. The dense iron—bearing sync linal formations produce positive gravity
anomalies, and much information can be obtained about major structural features from gravity investigations.

Bibliography
I.

Pendulum Gravity Data in the United States.

U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Spec. Pub. No.

244.

2. Martin, Helen M., "Geologic Map of the Northern Peninsula of Michigan." Publication 39,
Geologic Series 33, 1936.
3. Black, W. A., "Study of the Marked Positive Anomaly in the Northern Mid—Continent Region of
the United States." Presented at Geological Society of American Annual Meeting, November 9,
1955.

4. Thiel, Edward, "Relationship of Gravity Values in Lake Superior Region to Geologic Structure."
University of Wisconsin, PH. D. Thesis, 1955.
5. Bacon, L. 0. and Wyble, D. 0., "Gravity Investigations in the Iron River — Crystal Falls
Mining District of Michigan." Trans. AIME, Mining Engineering, pp. 973—979, October 1952.
6. Seymour, 0., personal communication.

Discussion

Dr. W. S. White (U. S. Geological Survey): If you were to complete your profile between
Isle Roya land the Keweenaw Peninsula by extrapolation, do you think it would produce a gravity
high or a gravity low?
Mr. Bacon: I would expect the Bouguer gravity anomaly to be larger in magnitude; however
there might be a trough near the center due to thickening of the Upper Keweenawan sediments.
Dr. White: This large anomaly supports the contention as outlined in my paper on the source of
the lavas and mineralizing solutions. Would not the apparent lack of such an anomaly near the
eastern end of Lake Superior preclude the presence of Keweenawan lavas in this area?
Mr. Bacon: Not necessarily. The indicated low gravity values in the eastern end of Lake
Superior may be due primarily to the thickening of the Lake Superior sandstone.

58

�GEOLOGICAL FACTORS AFFECTING BENEFICIATION OF
LAKE SUPER! OR IRON ORES
by

M. E. Volin

The geologist finds it convenient to classify formations according to mineral constituents, origin,
texture, color, and many other significant features. In evaluating his discoveries or expectations for
discoveries towards reaching a decision on how far to pursue his exploration objectives, the geologist
applies some general cut—off factor related to the economics of utilization of the ore minerals, be it
grade, metallurgical response, or a combination of many such things. Thus he brings to bear an
appreciation of the principal problems involved in converting his potential raw material into a
marketable product.
The mineral dressing engineer who receives the samples sent by the geologist is singularly
interested in their response to his techniques of beneficiation methods. He assumes that the samples
represent the average character of a mineraNzed body of significant size, and it is his objective to
find an economic way to recover the minerals in a useful form. Some of the geological records may
be helpful to him in guiding his first estimate of how the mineral dressing problems can be attacked;
the degree of usefulness will depend on the geologist's understanding of the problems in applying the
beneficiation processes.

Our panel subject may seem somewhat of a departure from the theme of geological exploration, but
in proposing this subject it was my hope that the discussions would emphasize some of the geological
information about the Lake Superior iron formations that can be of interest to the mineral dressing
engineer and would point out factors that the geologist can bring into clearer definition as a help in
attacking the mineral dressing problems. Exploration is an initial and very important phase of building
and maintaining mineral enterprises, but the successive phases in reaching production are a series of
logical steps in overcoming interrelated problems. The best possibility of success is teamwork by
people who are experts in their particular lines but are informed on all the phases, and the need for
this kind of coordination is more apparent as the problems become increasingly complex.

The changes that have taken place in iron ore mining in Minnesota set a pattern for this industry
in the Lake Superior region. We have seen the production picture change from all direct—shipping
ores to increasing tonnages of beneficiated ores from larger and more corrvpJex plants until today we
have the first huge taconite plants. This same trend with some different characteristics is underway
here in Michigan, and it is being hastened by the competition from premium grade imported ores. As
the low—grade iron resources come more and more into the picture, it is evident that a greater degree
of teamwork between geologists and mineral dressing engineers is needed to resolve the problems of
utilization. Just as the geologist has developed classifications of the iron formations to aid his search
for ore, the mineral dressing engineer needs classifications of the formations, or other resource segments,
in terms of metallurgical response. The geologkt can provide a lot of information helpful in dealing
with the mineral dressing problems. The need for this sort of approach was pointed out as long ago as
1933 by Dr. T. M. Broderick, then research professor at the Michigan College of Mining and
Technology, in his AIME publication entitled "Application of Geology to Problems of Iron Ore
59

�Concentration.
We have for speakers men who have worked on the many problems of the Lake Superior ron ores
and have an appreciation of the complex character of the low—grade resources. Each has been closely
associated with the particular phase of the subject he will present. Although our discussions will
largely be concerned with the Michigan iron formations, we are fortunate in having two of our
Canadian neighbors here to tell us about the problems of the siderite ores in their locality; their
information should be helpful to us in appraising the possibilities of the Michigan siderites.

Pane I

GEOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MICHIGAN IRON ORES AFFECTING BENEFICIATION
by

Alan T. Broderick
(Abstract)

The amenability of an iron—bearing rock to beneficiation by physical methods depends principally
on its mineralogy and grain size. In the case of sedimentary iron formation, these features were
determined by events in geological history which can be conveniently divided into three periods.
During the sedimentation—diagenesis period the original mineralogy and texture were established
in response to the sea bottom and pre—lithification environment. If the principal iron mineral were
magnetite in coarse enough grains, the amenability of the rock to magnetic concentration was
established then without any later geological process being necessary. If, on the other hand, the
principal mineral were hematite rather than magnetite, the formation would not be workable today
without the grain—coarsening effect of metamorphism because the fine grind necessary for liberation
is too fine for the flotation process. In some very restricted areas the siderite in carbonate—facies
iron formation is pure enough to be of possible interest as a source of sintering ore. Silicate—facies
rocks, since the iron in them is chemically bound to silica, cannot be made to yield a desirable
product by physical methods regardless of the grain size. The grains of pyrite in sulfide—facies rocks
are too fine to be upgraded by known physical methods.

During the metamorohism period, the iron minerals adjusted to the new environment by increasing
in grain size and/or by forming new minerals. In centers of high—grade metamorphism (garnet zone
and above) the hematite and magnetite in iron formation of the oxide fades were so increased in
grain size that the rock was made amenable to beneficiation by flotation. Under intense metamorphism,
silicate, carbonate, and locally oxide facies rocks alter to coarse grunerite and are therefore not
treatable physically. There is no appreciable volume of sulfide—facies rock in high—grade metamorphic
areas in Michigan.

During the oxidation period, the hematite of the oxide facies rocks was not altered. Magnetite
altered to martite. The carbonate—and—silicate—facies rocks, particularly in low—grade metamorphic
areas, were profoundly altered. If the carbonate and silicate layers simply oxidized in place with
little or no addition of iron, the result is a banded rock containing layers of earthy hematite and/or
goethite which is not treatable by gravity or flotation methods. However, magnetic roasting may be
applicable. If, on the other hand, iron moved during the oxidation period and locally enriched the
60

�iron layers sufficiently, the result is a rock made up of bands of hard, dense direct—shipping grade
material alternating with lean cherty or argfllaceous layers. Some of this type of formation can be
and is being treated by gravity methods in Michigan.
Table I shows graphically the relationships between the products of these three periods of
geologic history.

In order of decreasing tonnage available in significant widths at ledge in Michigan, the
geological types of iron formation are listed below. Where a beneficiation plant is in operation or
has been contemplated, it is listed with its type.
I. Oxidized/Low-grade metamorphic/Carbonate
and silicate facies
2.

Unoxidized/Low-grade metamorphic/Carbonate
and silicate facies

3.

Low-grade metamorphic/Oxide facies

4.

Unoxidized/High-grade metamorphic/Silicate
fades, silicated carbonate and oxide facies

5.

High—grade metamorphic/Oxide facies

Book Mine, Iron County

Empire Mine, Marquette County

Humboldt, Republic Mines,
Marquette County
Groveland Mine, Dickinson
County

6. Unoxidized/Low—grade metamorphic/Sulfide
fa c I e s

7.

Oxidized/High—grade metamorphic/Silicate facies,
silicated carbonate and oxide facies

61

Ohio Mine, Marquette County

�Minerals resulting

Minerals
resulting from
OXIDATION

from

Principal Mineral

Minerals resulting

in

from

Minerals
resulting from

METAMORPHISM *-SEDIMENTATION 3 METAMORPHISM 3 OXI DATION
and
(Biatite Lane &amp;
(Garnet Lane &amp;
Diagenesis Facies

Below)

Specularite

E Specularite (3)

Martite

4— Magnetite

(3)*

Abave)

— Hematite -3
't-l—5i02—3

Specularite (S)t&gt; Specularite
Hem. &amp; Lim.
Grunerite —3

e Magnetite —3

Magnetite (5) — Martite
Hem. &amp; Lim.
Grunerite -.3

'&gt;-I-5i02 -3
*

*

Hem. &amp; Lim. ())&lt;Siderite (2)

&lt;— Siderite

Hem. &amp; Lim. (1)4—Silicates (2)

4 Silicates

3

Grunerite (4) -3 Martite
Hem. &amp; tim.

e Pyrite

-9

Pyrite &amp; Pyrrh?3 Limanite

Limanite

E Pyrite (6)

Grunerite (4) —3 Martite (7)
Hem. &amp; tim.
(7)*

* Existing &amp; contemplated beneficiatian plants in Michigan

Numbers shaw approximate order of decreasing volume available at ledge in Michigan.
Table

62

1

�THE RELATIONSHIP OF DIAGENESIS, METAMORPHISM

AND SECONI)ARY OXIDATION TO THE CONCENTRATING
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEGAUNEE IRON-FORMATION
OF THE MARQUETTE RANGE
by

G. J. Anderson and Tsu Ming Han

Introduction

Over the past few years all of the major mining companies in the Lake Superior District have been
focusing a great deal of attention on methods and techniques to benefic late the large low—grade
reserves of iron formation distributed in this area. The Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company has conducted
extensive research on the Negaunee Iron Formation of the Marquette Range, and as a result have three
properties in operation and a fourth which will be developed within the next few years. We have found
that microscopic studies have played an important part in this research and have contributed
considerable information to the development of the low—grade ores. These studies reveal that the
methods and degree of concentration are governed by the geological processes to which the primary
iron formation was subjected. The purpose of this report is to discuss the various types of iron
formation produced by these processes and their concentrating characteristics.

There have been at least two major theories regarding the origin of the iron formation. The
earlier of these proposed a single—facies theory which suggests that all the iron was deposited as iron
carbonate. A recent theory by Dr. Harold James may be considered a multiple—facies theory in which
he proposes primary sulfides, carbonates, silicates and oxides. We are not advocating any particular
theory; however, according to the information we have derived from our studies, we feel that we are
in position to make some suggestions. We have found that the iron in the iron formation was largely
deposited as iron carbonate which has been completely re—crystallized. There are virtually no
sulfides present on the Marquette Range, so we cannot consider this type. There are iron silicates
present in large quantities, but we believe they have probably formed by diagenesis of the carbonate
iron formation plus fine clay and/or fine clastics. This is suggested because the silicates are intimately
associated with fine clastic sediments and the plates penetrate into carbonate grains and replace
clastic materials. A large portion of the iron formation is in the form of magnetite chert which may
be formed either by the diagenetic replacement of the carbonate iron formation or by the diagenetic
recrystallization of the primary magnetite iron formation, if it is present as Dr. James has indicated.
There has possibly been some primary hematite and magnetite deposited locally, but they are
present in very minor quantities. The hematite is usually associated with clastics and occurs as submicroscopic plates or grains. The magnetite is usually associated with chert and carbonaceous materials
and occurs as irregular sub—microscopic grains.

In summary, the information that we have available suggests that the iron formation, to a large
extent was primarily deposited in the form of iron carbonate with some clastics, followed by diagenetic
63

�and metamorphic processes, ond then subiected to secondary oxidation.

The mineralogy and mineral grain disposition of several samples from the Marquette Range are
described below exemplifying the various types of iron formation.

Types of Negaunee Iron Formation

A. Diagenetic Iron Formation — Direct Magnetic Separation
Magnetite—chert with some carbonate
2. Magnetite—silicates with carbonate chert
3. Magnetite—silicates with clastics
4. Cherty magnesium-iron carbonate
1.

B.

Oxidized Iron Formation - Magnetic Oxide Conversion
I. Martite—chert
2. Martite—clastics
3. Goethitic hematite—chert

4.

Goethitic chert

C. Metamorphic Iron Formation — Froth Flotation

I. Specular—hematite—chert with or without sericite
2. Magnetite—chert with some chlorite and locally garnet

3. Grunerite wth chert magnetite or garnet

General Description and Concentrating Characteristics of the Various Types of Iron Formation

A.

Diagenetic Iron Formation — Direct Magnetic Separation

The metallurgical characteristics of this type of iron formation are governed by the magnetite
content, magnetite size, and mineral association.

I. Magnetite—Chert with some Carbonate — The results of our studies which included both
microscopic and metallurgical testing have shown that this material has the most favorable concentrating
characteristics. The reasons for this are the simple mineral composition, uniformity of grain size, and
sharp boundaries between the magnetite and the chert, Fig. 1.
2. Magnetite—Silicates with Carbonate Chert — Our studies have shown that this material can be
concentrated, but is not as favorable as No. I because of the presence of fine silicates and finer
magnetite which necessitate longer grinding for liberation. The magnetite is more closely interlocked
with the gangue minerals, Fig. 2.

3. Magnetite—Silicates with Clastics — In this material the magnetite is not uniform in size some
being as coarse as —65 mesh and some as fine as a few microns, Fig. 3. As a result, this material is

treatable, but yields a low percentage iron recovery with a high mineral loss in the tailings in comparison with No's I and 2, due to the loss of fines embedded in the matrix.
64

�4. Cherty Magnesium—Iron Carbonate — A large part or the total of the iron in this material is
tied up in the form of carbonate, Fig 4. The magnetite can be liberated when present, but
generally the percent iron recovery is extremely low and the iron loss in the tailings is great.
B.

Oxidized Iron Formation - Magnetic Oxide Conversion

The metallurgical characteristics of this type of iron formation are governed by the degree of
oxidation, particle size, mineral texture, and the mineralogy.
1. Martite—Chert — Microscopic and metallurgical studies have shown that this material appears
to be the most favorable for concentration by magnetic oxide conversion because of uniform crystal
size and sharp boundaries between the martite and chert, Fig. 5.

2. Martite—Clastics — Studies have shown that this material is moderately favorable and that the
martite can be concentrated; however, a large part of the iron is tied up as hematite in the matrix of
the clastics, Fig. 6. As a result, the percentage of iron recovery is comparatively low and the iron
loss in the tailings high.

3 &amp; 4. Goethitic Hematite—Chert and Goethitic Chert — Studies have shown that, atthe present
time, this material is undesirable for beneficiating by magnetic oxide conversion. This is due to the
irregular forms, the fineness, and softness of the mineral particles, Fig. 7. As a result, the
concentrates always contain an appreciable amotnt of silica and there is a considerable iron loss in
the tailings.
A microscopic statistical sampling study on the —65, -1- 100 mesh portion of the oxidized iron
formation samples from one of the Cleveland—Cliffs Iron Company drill holes has been conducted. The
results are indicated in Plate I which reveals the concentrating characteristics of the materials in this
particular hole.

C. Metamorphic Iron Formation — Froth Flotation

The metallurgical characteristics of this type of iron formation are related to the crystal size of
the minerals and the mineral assemblage.
I. Specular Hematite—Chert with Sericite — The specular hematite in this material occurs as
fairly oriented plates ranging from as coarse as 48 mesh and as fine as a few microns, Fig. 8. This
material is the most favorable for concentrating by froth flotation because of good liberation of the
ore particles and the fact that a very high grade concentrate can be obtained by grinding to
approximately —65 mesh.

2. Magnetite—Chert with some Chlorite — Because this material is coarse—grained, Fig. 9, it
can be treated by standard flotation methods or magnetic separation, but at our operating properties,
it is being treated only by flotation.

3. Gruneritic Rock — This rock varies from pure grunerite to magnetite—grunerite, and grunerite—
chert, Fig. 10. Locally, garnet appears as one of the chief constituents. This material is not
economically treatable at the present time, based on the magnetite content; and it is not favorable

for flotation.
A correlation has been made between the mineral assemblages of the metamorphic iron formation
65

�PLATE

I

0
MATERIAl.

CLASSIFIED

%SILICA WI COlIC.

I$T*_o GMlMIIII

20

40

OVE$SUNOEN

Most Ot$ul*etL

—

P1$IR*$Lt

—

WIOESIAA$4E
MOST 111025111*$LI

—
—

MIGROSCOPC SAMPliNG

p10

METALLURGICAL. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE OXIDIZED PdEGAUNEE IRON-FORMATION

-10
- IS

TYPE OF $ATERIAb IN

SO

ClIENT

LOOM OMMIEO
MRTIOZ QLWr

=

IS

AO

%

FlIM GOSOEC

MARQUETTE RANGE

CHARACTER8TICS OP THE MATERIAL

RTITE -GOETH.
clIENT

MAflOt cmci MM1UT. cWlIT

SO

MANTttt'CH(Rt

3$

II

3

$$(7$IO45$

34

3

12

tOMTtFE -OlIERT

II

MRTLV OXIDiZED 11231491 cR011120 MARTITE

I 32511 #400*)

NETALLURMCAL
RESUISS EXPECTED

DESIR*OLE

lOG

2O
140

77

45

N*2tITE -OIlER?

34

SI

TI1t- 0N.-CH.

40

24

I3'
I

I

NT-S1W GiL

GOETNITE IS FINELY INTERL000EC SlIM CHERT

I

3

I

$

15

INIQI$IVEL* OXIOIEED cR$L 5#MIID NANTITE (lOOM - 325W)

MU

MOST UNOE$AILE

CC$*MU

IE)PT MS MART 0* S MART QOCITIL 011

SANE AS l30-I4DEXCGPT IT CONTAINS *002 NEMAIIIC-CHERI
I

uiosio.st

110
3

4

MAWflTE IS FAIRLY COARSE - ONOLILD
*440 INTENSIVELY OXIDIZED

ISO
I

I

SAME AS 140- 445

(20011 T 44011)

MARTITE -ClIENT

DESIRAILE
:

.

200

3

47

TWO 2*702112 SIZES OF MAFTITE

2)

ft

1

2*0

lOOM TO 400 N

1

i

-

_jj

*440

400 N

* l-bO' E!CEt 11 cONTAINS (5IH4TE
}-IE44SEP1

IT

COIITAINS

GOCYMITE

540

IU
U

250

Il.

*00

IS

MARTITE -

3)

40

30

3

I00 NT: NJ

Oc:I:ITITE

19101510454.1

$00

310

$40

IAIITSIT - ClIENT

2

IMMATITE -ClIENT

ISO

14lITt -Q*fit

310

ILW*TUE-CHEWT

24

MARTITE 0112441

MIXED WITH HEMATITE ClIENT

.

30
SI

lO

$0

101Th1T2 S SOIL I** 102 FINELY INTE0I.OCNETi WITH DENT

33

ILMAT1TE *440 WETIII?2 ARE F$IELY INTERLOCKED SlIM DLXI

HEMATITE ClIENT *11(20 *1111 11*17171 ClIENT

36

33

23

42

MOST UIID€$1NAILE

UNOESI090LE
MOST 491IE$IA*SU

400

420

31

3)

21

45

24

6$

3$

IIEMI*T1T( ClIENT MIXED WISH 00*912 20*1025 NARTITE OHIO?

UIPE$I44*$LL

00*1)42 ORAIIIED .ARTIT$ CIIERT MIXED WITH NIIMTFTC 0*41*5

0CMLE

NARTITE GNENT $
HEMATITE -ClIENT

.

•

440
400

2*

IMMATITI -OW S

-

$oImlT1-aIlRT
MMTITE—GNCRT

450

S

4EMAT1TE $ SOETINTE ARC NIT449!ELT 1111(0200200 51141 ClIENT

MARTITE SIZE MIlLS FROM

15W TO 32$ N

MOST LIMCEINSIU

MOST OCIINULE

�in one of The Cleveland—Cliffs Iron Company diamond drill holes and their actual metallurgical test
results obtained from the Cleveland—Cliffs lron Company Research Laboratory. The correlation is

diagrammatically illustrated in Plate 2.

Conclusion

ln reviewing the types of iron formation it may be concluded that the diagenesis and metamorphism
are constructive processes of ore beneficiation while secondary oxidation is not a favorable process.
NOTE: The term "chert" mentioned in this paper optically is a fine—grained to medium—
grained quartz which was re—crystallized from chert by diagenetic and metamorphic
processes to various degrees.
PLATE

CHARACTERISTICS
CONCENTRATING
OF THE
METAMORPHIC

%SILICA IN CONCENTRATE

0/ IRON CONTENT IN TAILING
10%

I-FM

0

0

20%

10%

fERBURDEN

SERICITE SCHIST

0

100

r
rz
(I)

C)

200

I-

SPECULAR - HEMATITE - CHERT

L&amp;i

Iii
Li

2

— 300

r

MAGNETITE -CHERT

C-

DIA BA SE

I-

LU

MAGNETITE -GRUNERITE
DIABASE

C

MAGNETITE -GRUNERITE

DIAGRAM SHOWING THE MINERAL ASSEMBLAGES
TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF SILICA AND IRON

PRODUCED BY FLOTATION.
67

IN

RELATION

IN THE PRODUCTS

2

�41

'44
4

r

Fig.

I

Fig. 2 - Magnetite-carbonate—silicate. l25x
Polished Section. Magnetite, white; carbonate, light grey; silicate plates, grey; and pits
black.

— Magnetite—chert with some carbon—
125x. Polished Section. Magnetite,

ate.
white; chert, grey; carbonate, light grey;
and pits, black.

It

'

N

pa
Fig. 3 - Magnetite—clastics. Polished
Section. Magnetite, white; gangue (quartz,

Fig. 4 — Cherty magnesium iron carbonate.
200x. Thin Section. Carbonate, granular

chlorite, etc.) grey; and pits, black.

grey; and chert, white.

Fig. 5 - Martite—chert. 125x. Polished
Section. Magnetite remnants, greyish white;
martite, white; chert, grey; and pits, black.

Fig. 6 — Martite—clastics, screen openings:
—400 mesh. Polished Section. Magnetite
remnants, light grey; martite and hematite,

white; gangue, dark grey; and pits, black.

68

�p.

ft fr.

4

0.

S

0

':

,

a

a
d;f2 A.ti

'P

1F
Fig. 8 — Specular hematite—chert. 125x.
Polished Section. Specular hematite, white;
gangue, grey; and pits, black.

Fig. 7 — Hematite—goethite—chert. 125x.
Polished Section. Hematite, white;

geothite, light grey; gangue, dark grey;
and pits, black.

•r

p

I

-l

p

N

:'

'

Th

A

Fig. 9 — Magnetite—chert. 125x. Polished
Section. Magnetite, light grey; martite,

Fig. 10 — Grunerite—chert. 100x. Thin
Section. Grunerite, grey; chert, white; and

white; gangue, grey; and pits, black.

magnetite, black.

69

�THE NATURE AND BENEFICIATING PROPERTIES

BY MICHIPICOTEN SIDERITES
PART

I

- DISTRIBUTION AND NATURE
by

A. M. Goodwin

Distribution

A principal iron formation of the Michipicoten district extends in faulted segments from the Helen
Mine northeastward to the vicinity of the Algoma Central Railway, a total distance of II miles. From
west to east the individual segments are, a) Helen — Victoria — Alexander — presently producing 1.4
million tons annually; b) Siderite Hill — presently being prepared for production; c) Lucy; d) Ruth;
e) Josephine — a former producer of hematite ore; and f) Bartlett — representing a reserve of siderite
ore, Plate 1.
Structure

The iron formation is situated on the south limb of an east—west trending sync line which, at the
Helen Mine, rakes eastward at 60 to 70 degrees. The limb has been overturned. Thus, the formation
dips southward yet tops are to the north. Northerly trending, vertical faults and flat thrust faults are
common. Offsets on the vertical faults, which are generally east side to the north, range up to 2
miles and on the flat thrusts in the order of 200 feet.

Stratigraphy at the Helen Mine
The iron formation is enclosed in volcanic rocks. Basic volcanics typically overlie the iron
formation and acid volcanics typically underlie it.
Overlying basic volcanics
The basic volcanics overlying the iron formation have the appearance of normal pillow andesite.
Pillow structures are well preserved and consistently indicate tops to the north. The contact between
basic volcanics and underlying iron formation is generally abrupt.
Iron Formation

The iron formation consists of the following ternary succession in descending order, Fig. 1.
Top

Bottom

Banded chert member
Pyrite member
Siderite member

Banded Chert Member: This member ranges in thickness from 200 to 1000 feet and averages 500

feet. it consists of thin—bedded chert interbanded with siderite, pyrite, and magnetite. Local zones
of graphitic chert contain up to 14 percent carbon. In contrast to other Precambrian iron formation,
jasper is negligible.

70

�r

/

c

aanzr4Y

SARI fI

tLJC/7X'

I

,tj
•

- • -—

SIDERI'E HILl.

1

/7
atZLAKE

,Th

//&lt;
DSTRtBkJTION OF

HELEN-BARTLETT IRON FORMATION.
Heron

LEGENO: —

J.

scole:-

60 MiFes

Ob4.QSEME. 1—0_EG-WRE
fr*o VOCSSTIOJI1

see

eti.c #oi.cn,ct

;t
$CMI - P tUOI3MII$$

Plate

I

—

Distribution of Helen—Bartlett Iron Formation.

Pyrite Member: This member is consistently located at the contact between chert and siderite.
It ranges from 10 to 50 feet thick and consists of mixed pyrite, siderite, and chert. The member increases in thickness and purity towards the west end of the range. Sulphur has a marked limiting
effect on the sintering process as will be described later.

Siderite Member: This member averages 200 feet thick within the limits of present mining. There
are variations in thickness of considerable magnitude as a result of faulting and original thickening
and thinning. The siderite, for the most part, is of massive, uniform structure. It contains variable
siliceous impurities which are present either as, a) evenly disseminated grains and patches of chert,
or b) relatively thick, uniform chert zones. One such zone in the Victoria mine, called the Central
Silica zone, ranges in thickness from 10 to 60 feet. It is formed of relatively coarse grained,
essentially structureless chert. A persistent zone of banded chert typically separates siderite from
the underlying acid volcanics. It is 5 to 15 feet thick and is similar in appearance to the main banded
chert member. It contains considerable amounts of argillaceous impurities.
Two principal diabase dykes transect the ore body. The siderite adjacent to the dykes has been
partly altered to magnetite. The zone of alteration ranges in thickness from 10 to 50 feet. Magnetite
presents certain beneficiating problems as will be described later.

71

�4OE..LIZED GROSS-SECbON OF IRON FORMATION
— AFItA COLLINS &amp; QUIRKE —

—BAS1C VOLCANICSr

E"CO CHERT MEMBER

). —iRON FORMATlOi—
PYRITE MEMBER

MEMBIR

-/ ,

1

—Ac1D YOLC*NJCS'—

200

O

Feet

Fig.

I

— Idealized Cross—section of Iron Formation.

Chemical Composition
Table I illustrates the chemical composition of a) average siderite, b) siderite-magnetite complex
ALGOMA ORE PROPERTIES, LIMITED

Jamestown, Ontario

A

B

C

5.26
0.82

3.40

6.56

AlO
Fe

36.7

510

1.65

0.16

43.8

40.2
1.44

Mn

2.20

2.30

MgO
CaO

6.31

6.67

3.10

S

1.74

3.88
0.79

Ignition Loss

25.32

10.22

2.44
0.20
22.9
29.20

A. Siderite ore. D.D.H.U-3-57; 960-970 ft.
B.

Siderite—magnetite ore alongside diabase

C.

dyke. D.D.H.U—3-56; 930—940 ft.
Pyrite-bearing ore. D.D.HI 256; 680—690 ft.
Table

alongside

1

—

Analyses

diabase dykes, and c) pyrite—rich siderite. The table illustrates, I) the sintering action of
72

�diabase dykes, 2) the abundance of magnesium in the ore relative to calcium, 3) negligible aluminum,
4) the manganese content. The ore is essentially a self—fluxing, manganese—bearing iron carbonate.

Wall—Rock Alteration in Underlying Volcanics
The chemical and spectrographic characteristics of wall—rock alteration in the underlying
volcanics are being investigated at present. Alteration consists essentially of the addition to the
volcanics of iron, manganese, magnesium, sulphur and carbon dioxide, together with the removal of
silica and calcium. The degree of alteration increases upwards through the underlying volcanics and
is most intense in the 100 — foot interval below the iron formation. There are also lateral variations
in intensity away from the area of the present mine working.

Origin
The available evidence indicates that the iron formation originated in a submarine, volcanic
environment. Iron, manganese, sulphur, and carbon dioxide are considered to represent products of
fractional crystallization which occurred toward the end of a volcanic cycle. Acid volcanics likewise represent end products of the same fractionation, hence their persistent stratigraphic location
beneath the iron formation. The iron formation is considered to have formed at the chemical plane on
the sea floor where ascending, acid groundwaters of volcanic origin came in contact with alkaline to
neutral sea water. The broad, horizontal chemical plane separating these two contrasting chemical
environments is considered to have resulted in formation of the ternary succession which is so
characteristic of the iron formation. In this manner banded chert was deposited as a chemical sediment
on the sea floor. Siderite and pyrite members formed largely by replacement of basal portions of the
banded chert member; replacement was controlled by increasing pH and decreasing pressure as the
sea-water environment was reached.

73

�THE NATURE AND BENEFICIATI NG PROPERTIES
OF MICHIPICOTEN SI DERITES
PART II — BENEFICIATING PROPERTIES
by

D. R. Dorrance

Introduction

At the Helen Mine, the ore is beneficiated by two processes, namely heavy—media separation and
sintering. All the ore is sintered, but that part which will not make sinter grade is first put through
the sink—float plant. The cut—off between sinter grade and sink—float grade is between 7.5 and 8.0
percent 5i02. The sink—float operation will be described first.

Sink—Float Operation

The sink—float operation consists of separating minerals of different specific gravities by immersing
them in a medium of high specific gravity. Minerals having a higher specific gravity than the medium
will sink and those of lesser gravity will float. Siderite has a specific gravity of 3.60 and the gangue
has a specific gravity of 2.40 and 3.10. By using a gravity of 3.30 a separation is made of ore and
gangue. The heavy media used consists of finely ground ferrosilicon suspended in water. The
ferrosilicon has a dry specific gravity of 6.9 and contains approximately 15 percent silicon.
Theorebroughtup from underground is minus 4 inches in size and is stocked on either low—sulphur
or high—sulphur piles. The ore is further reduced to I 1/2 inches by a system of screens and crushers
in the sink—float plant. It is then subjected to intensive washing in order to remove all fines. In the
separators the gangue material floats to the top bath and discharges out the end through a chute. The
sink material sinks to the bottom and is raked ahead by means of a spiral to the head of the separator
where it discharges onto screens. The excess medium is drained off to a 20—foot thickener. The
underflow from the thickener is pumped to a 48—inch Dings magnetic separator where the ferrosilicon
is reclaimed.

Specific gravity determinations are taken on the separator every half hour. The specific gravity
is kept around 3.30. Samples of the feed, sink, float and sands are taken each shift. The plant
handles both high and low sulphur ores and makes a good separation.
The ores high in magnetite give the most trouble because the magnetic fines cannot be cleaned out
of the ferrosilicon and they then lower the specific gravity. The maximum magnetite that can be
handled is 15 percent. Ores in which silica and pyrite are intimately mixed present a problem since
the relatively heavy pyrite causes siliceous rock to sink.

74

�Sintering Operation
The sintering operation consists of roasting siderite in order to drive off carbon dioxide and
induce oxidation, thereby producing a high grade sinter ore in a physical form suitable for furnace
feed. Roasting is accomplished by putting crushed ore and coke on oil—fired sintering machines. Hiah
ignition temperatures result in dissociation of siderite. The gases are withdrawn by forced air drafts.
Ore is brought from the Helen Mine to the sintering plant by means of an aerial tramway 15,000
feet long and by railroad cars. The tram carries approximately 3,600 tons per day and the railroad
about 2,500 tons per day. The ore is transported by a system of conveyors to crushers and screens to
produce a 1/4—inch feed. The feed to the sintering machines is made up of a mixture of screened
siderite ore and screened coke. Proportioning of the components is done at each individual sinter—
ing machine. The operator controls the rate of flow from the bins to a pelletizer where water is
added. Mixing of the feed must be done so that an intimate blendng of ore, coke and moisture is
obtained; in addition, the mixing should be done so that the mixed feed is thoroughly aerated and is
in such physical condition that maximum porosity is obtained. The mixed feed is fed to the machines
through reciprocating swing chutes. The finished sinter is dumped over bar grizzlies into bins and
thence to railway cars.
Maximum permissible limits in the sinter are 5102— 11.20 percent; 5— 0.100 percent. In order
to stay within these limits, the feed must not contain more than 7.90 percent 5i02 and 4.0 percent S.
Considerable care must be exercised both in mining and beneficiating to remain within these limits.

Discussion

Mr. Volin: The information in all of these papers is very gratifying to me. To have this subject
included in a purely geological symposium was somewhat of a concession but I think we can see that
geology ties up with beneficiation processes and of course the two of them go together in order to
achieve the final result of bringing a property into production.

75

�DiSTRIBUTION OF TRACE ELEMENTS
IN

SOIL FRACTIONS
by

D. H. Yardley
Geochemical prospecting is a relatively new scientific tool in the search for hidden ore deposits.
It is so new that more papers have been published in this field since 1951 than in all preceding years.
An investigation of some aspects of geochemical exploration was begun near Ely, Minnesota in
late 1953. The test area is near the Kawishiwi River along the basal contact of Duluth gabbro with
Giant's Range granite, Fig. 1. Funds for the study have been provided by the Graduate School of the
University of Minnesota and the Minnesota Institute of Research.

Fig.

I

— Index map, and outline of the Duluth Gabbro (after Schwartz &amp; Davidson).

The primary object of the investigation to date has been to obtain data on the distribution of
trace elements in glacial materials in northern Minnesota. It was felt that such data would demonstrate
whether or not soil samples would reflect the presence of a known mineralized zone below glacial till
and some idea might be gained regarding the pattern of distribution to be expected in soils with a
76

�similar climatic history and of similar origin.
To date the study has concerned itself with data on the distribution of Cu and Ni in glacial soil,

Summary of Geology

The Duluth gabbro is one of the world's largest basic intrusives and has been defined as a lopolith
(4)*. It intrudes rocks which range in age from Keewatin to middle Keweenawan. Within the test
area the gabbro is in contact with granite except for short sections where the gabbro is in contact
with remnants of iron formation. Sulphide mineralization occurs very near and parallel to the basal
contact of the gabbro for a distance of several miles. Schwartz and Davidson (10) have described the
geologic setting of the mineralization and roted that the sulphides occur at the base of the thickest
part of the gabbro.
The sulphides occur disseminated n all the silicates and also as small interstitial masses but are
most abundant in the plagioclase. A few tiny veinlets of sulphide are present but these may be deuteric.
The sulphides found include chalcopyrite, cubanite, pentlandite, pyrrhotite and minute amounts of
bornite. The sulphides are repor'ed to be syngenetic (10, p. 702), (II).

The ratio of Cu:Ni is about 4:1. This ratio of copper—nickel content is based on analyses of
samples from various outcrops. The average of seven surface samples (10, p. 702) is 0.57% Cu and
0.13% Ni. The average of 29 grab and chip samples from about 12 outcrops was 0.59% Cu and 0.17%
Ni. The average for 30 surface samples obtained from 20 different 40—acre tracts (II) is 8.72% Fe,
0.44% Cu and 0.11% Ni. The average content of the above 66 samples is 0.53% Cu and 0.14% Ni,

a ratio of 3.8:1.
Test Procedure

The chromograph method (13), which was used for all tests, makes use of a reaction between the
metal being tested for and special reagent paper to form a colored spot. The colored spot obtained
is compared to colored spots prepared from samples of known metal content. The chromograph enables
one to apply a fixed volume of test solution to a fixed area of reagent paper under a fixed suction
head. The variable is the amount of metal present in the test solution.

Sample Treatment

The dried soil samples were screened, a 0.1 gram portion fused with 0.5 grams of potassium
bisulphate flux, the fused product digested in 13% sodium citrate solution, diluted to 5 ml and
filtered. The pH of the filtrate was then adjusted to &gt;8.5 and 0.2 ml used in the chromograph for
the Ni test. The pH of a portion of the remaining filtrate was adjusted to 4.5 and 0.2 ml used for the
copper test. Demineralized water obtained from a Barnstead Bantam Demineralizer was used for
diluting and for cleaning equipment. Reagents were purified with dithizone solution where necessary
and procedures carefully standardized so that the only variable would be the heavy metal content of

* Numbers refer to bibliography at the end of paper.
77

�the samples. When it was necessary to prepare new reagent paper, new standard color spots were
prepared so that any variation in the strength of the reagent paper would tend to cancel in color spot
comparisons. All standards were made up using blank soil from the test area.

pH Discussion

Repeat tests by chromographic analysis in the early stages of the investigation often failed to
check. Quantitative variations of 50% and occasionally more were common. Nickel tests on
slightly basic test solutions would sometimes be blank or very low and show a very definite color on
a repeat run; less often erratic copper tests were encountered.
A series of tests on known samples, and on made-up samples, was run for Ni and Cu for a range
of pH values. These samples contained Ni, Cu, and Co ions known to be present in anomalous parts
of the test area. Table I illustrates the intensity readings of one series of colorimetric spots on test
solution containing 500 ppm of Ni, and 500 ppm of Cu.
Table

I

Ni

Cu

pH.

p.p.m.

0
75

3.0
3.0

500
500

200

4.0
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.4
6.2
6.7
7.0
7.2
7.5
8.8

500
500

p.p.m.
7.0
7.2
7.5
8.2
8.5
9.2
9.5
10.

300
400
400
425
425

II.

425

500
500
450
400
300
300
500
1500
2000

reproducible results can be obtained within the general accuracy
limits of ± 30% for the method, over a pH range of about 8.5 to 11 for Ni and 3 to 5.5 for Cu.
The results demonstrate that

Table I also shows that for either metal tests run at a pH of 5.5 to 8.5 are not reliable.

The high Cu readings at pH &gt;7.2 can be explained by precipitation of Cu, Co, and Ni by
rubeanic acid reagent in ammoniacal solution (13, p 3). The low readings at pH 5.4 to 7 are perhaps

(2, p 79) at which cupric Cu tends to precipitate as hydroxide or basic salt
dilute solutions. Leach (7) used this explanation in interpretation of hydrogeochemical tests for
Cu near Butte, Montana.

related to the pH of 5.3
from

The tests demonstrate that the pH of the test solutions is very important and that a standard pH
within the ranges given above should be used when testing field samples. This point, perhaps, has
78

�not received sufficient emphasis in the literature, although the chromographic procedure used by the
Geochemical Section of the U. S. Geological Survey does adjust the pH to the desired range.

Sampling Procedure

Sampling was carried out along five north—south traverse lines across the gabbro—granite contact.
Insofar as possible, samples were taken at 100 foot intervals. The surface soil samples were taken at
an average depth of about one foot which was below the high—humus surface layer and into clean till.

At some sampling points, samples were taken at each foot of depth down to bedrock in order to
obtain data as to vertical distribution and distrhDution below swamps. An auger and a Swedish type
peat sampler were used in sampling down through swamp materials; casing was used where necessary.
A hand auger—drill was used in taking samples in till.

Areal Distribution Contours and Profiles

Plotting of Cu, Ni, and Co content in contour form (Fig. 2) shows that anomalous amounts of

Fig. 2 — Total Cu, Ni, &amp; Co, in glacial till — Ely District, Minnesota.
these metal ions occur in till over and closely adiacent to mineralized areas of the gabbro. Contouring
nickel content alone, or the copper content, outlines the same target area. Contours of the copper
79

�content provide a more distinct anomaly than nickel because of the higher copper concentration:

The position of the northern boundary of the anomaly implies that the mineralization is parallel
to but not quite at the base of the gabbro. This is confirmed by 3 Bureau of Mines drill holes (3).

Distribution by Soil Size
Testing of soil samples for any geochemical campaign involves a decision whether the sample
should be screened, and if screened what soil fraction should be selected for testing.

The glacial overburden in the area displays a wide range of particle size. For this reason it was
necessary to select the soil fraction which most likely is representative of the true heavy—metal content.
The finer soil fractions generally are to be preferred in soil sampling, because suiphides would tend
to weather to finer size (6, p 530).
Exceptions to this general rule do occur. Sergeev (12, p 46), comparing the tin, tungsten, and
chromium contents of —1mm. fractions with 5mm. and coarser sizes in the part of the halo nearest the
deposit states, "The content of the valuable element is approximately the same in both. In places,
however, the coarser fraction contains somewhat more of the valuable element. Lean samples (a
remote or the train part of the halo) have a lower content of the valuable element (down to zero) in
the coarser fraction, although its concentration is stable in the finer fraction. It may be concluded
that dispersion takes place chiefly at the expense of the finer materials. And also, "Remembering
that halos of saline genesis are characterized by secondary compounds less directly related to the
massive rock, the advantages of observing the halos in the fine deluvial fraction become evident.
Such samples provide a reliable expression of the dispersion halo in its largest spatial development."
Sergeev refers to elements which are resistant to chemical weathering and are dominantly
residual in nature. Ground—up coarse fractions which contain one or more large pieces of ore mineral
would test high in metal. However, even those elements which occur in resistant minerals conform
to the general rule in the train part of a halo.

A factor which also favors the selection of the fine soil fractons, in addition to the tendency of
sulphides to weather to finer sizes, is the probability that transportation of heavy metals by capillary
solutions may be important in the formation of some geochemical halos, and capillarity would be
most effective in materials within the finer size ranges. Bischoff (1, p 58), provides some indirect
support for this view, "Gravel and coarse sand on the contrary proved very unfavorable, probably
because of rapid drainage," and "The depth of favorable overburden through which ground water
would bring appreciable quantities of heavy metals to surface was surprising. The practical maximum
overburden is now considered to be 30 to 50 feet for clay and 20 to 30 feet for fine sand." Bischoff
also noted a blanketing or masking effect of sand and gravel ridges.
Distribution in Soil Fractions
The much greater number of soil particles in a unit weight of fine materials would be much more
likely to include some particles of mechanically derived ore mineral than would the coarser fractions.
The finer sizes also provide a much larger total surface area and so could absorb more metal ions from
percolating soil solutions. Thus the finer materials would tend to "fix" relatively larger amounts of
metal ions; we might say that they have a larger total adsorptive capacity and so would be much more
80

�likely than the coarse fractions to refrect the presence of anomalous concentrations of trace elements.
Samples were sieved through a 9 mesh screen and some were sieved into three sizes, —1—9 mesh,
—9+80 mesh, and —80 mesh. Stainless steel screens were used to avoid possible contamination. Tests

on blank samples of cleaned St. Peter sand before and after screening showed no contamination from
abrasion of the screen. The screens used were all Tyler screen scale.
Table II compares the metal content of the +9 mesh and —80 mesh fractions from ten sample
locations. The +9 mesh material was crushed in an agate mortar before fusion.

Table II

Nickel p.p.m.
+9 mesh

Copper p.p.m.

-80 mesh

+9 mesh

-80 mesh
5
7

0

0

30

0

5
15

0

0

10
5

25

375
250

0

250
100

10

100

5

0

120

50

160

25
50

300
400
350

0

70

5

250

10

10

5

15

0

5

830
140
70
Approxrra'e percentage detected in +9 mesh fraction:
(compared to -80 mesh fraction)

1977
Nickel =

8%

Copper: 7%

One can cor'clude that for all practical purposes the heavy metals do not occur in the +9 mesh
soil size, at least for the concentration rangesNshown.

Table Ill is a comparison of the nickel content of —9+80 mesh and —80 mesh soil fractions.
Although the —9+80 fraction contains a distinctly lower proportion of nickel, about two thirds as
much, the anomaly would not be missed by testing only the —9+80 mesh fraction.
A comparison of the Ni content for 30 samples on a parallel traverse showed that the —9—1—80

fraction averaged 62% as high as the —80 fraction. Again the anomaly was obvious, using either soil
size. It seems reasonable to conclude that a mixture of the two sizes (all the —9 mesh material) will
give dependable results for field comparisons.

The preceding figures show that for most field work the finer soil sizes are more indicative of
geochemical anomalies. To confirm this view a study was made of samples known to contain appreciable
quantitks of Cu and Ni. The samples were screened to six products and five chromographic analyses
were made for Ni and five for Cu. Agreement of analytic results was best in the finer size samples.

Fig. 4 illustrates the distribution; in each case the p.p.m. of metal is the arithmetic mean of
five analyses.
81

�Table Ill
Comparison of Nickel content of -80 mesh soil fraction and
—9+80 mesh fraction. 100 foot sample spacing. Line 5

Nickel p.p.m.

.948Q me

-80 mesh

0

0

tO

20

0

0

0
10

0
0

300
250
300

400
500
300

75

100

350

400

100

150

70

150

400

700
75
2795

0
1865

1000

900
800

Copper

700
600
S

z
p400

/

/
Nickel

01

300

4,

200

0'

,

100
0

+9

+32

+80

+150

+200

-.200

Nesh

Soil Fraction

Fig. 4 — Cu and Ni Distribution. Average of 4 samples, 5 tests per soil fraction for each sample.
(Each point represents 20 determinations.)
82

�The notable feature is that there is an increase of metal content with decreasing soil size in the
coarser materials, but for the —80 mesh and finer fractions there is no increase, but rather a roughly
equivalent metal content. The only exception to the above trend was one sample of "rubble—like"
material consisting of more than 50% of +32 mesh size. In this case the +9 mesh material tested
substantially higher than the —9+32 size. The normal trend applied for the fractions smaller than
32 mesh.

Certain general conclusions which may be drawn from the above tests are:
1. —9 mesh material would be satisfactory for most field work but samples of only —80 mesh
material will give more reliable results.
2. Use of —80 mesh soil is to be preferred where anomalies of small magnitude might be
expected.
3. The levelling off of metal content in the sizes smaller than —80 mesh shows that nothing is
gained by any attempt to screen to a size finer than 80 mesh.
4. There is no general distribution relationship between metal content and available surface
area of the finer particles of soil. This is significant in any consideration of the processes by
which trace elements move and are fixed in soils.
5. Tests of distribution of metal in various soil sizes should be carried out as a preliminary
guide in new sampling areas.

A pertinent question is whether the 0.1 gms. of soil used in a test is representative of the several
grams of soil in the field sample? Or, stating the problem another way, "Is it necessary to use any
special methods of mixing to insure that the test portion is representative of the whole sample?"
Repeat tests show that sample results can be reproduced within the limits of accuracy of the method
without any formal mixing other than that inherent in screening. The accuracy is sufficiently high so
that there appears to be no danger of not detecting an anomalous metal content through failure to mix
the samples formally.

In addition, the test sample is as representative of the field sample as the field sample is of its
area of influence. Hawkes and Lakin (5, p. 291) compared ground and quartered bulk samples of 500
gms. with grab samples of 5 gms. and concluded that "there is no significant loss in accuracy of data
by substituting grab samples for bulk samples"
Scooping of Samples

All samples tested in this investigation to date have been carefully weighed on an analytical
balance. However, a volumetric scoop designed to provide about 0.1 gms. of soil adds to the
speed and ease of field methods for testing soils. Use of a scoop is recommended by several authors
and has been found to give satisfactory Held results.
The variation in soil sample weight when a scoop is used rather than a balance has been considered by Huff (6, p 531). Huff found that the error caused by scooping ranges from 3 to 11 per cent
and averages about 7 per cent in any one area.
Table 4 is a comparison of scoop weights for soil samples from the Ely district. The variation of
weight for scoops of a particular soil size is small and is well within the accuracy of the test method.
However, there are significant weight differences between equal volumes of different soil fractions
from the same sample, and also between the same soil fractions from separate areas.
Although the study is not comprehensive the results do indicate that scooping samples can lead to
83

�TABLE 4

Weight, in Grams, of Sail Sample Fractions
Measured by Using a Valumetric Scaap

Na. of
Mesh

Samples

jStd. Deviation

Weight (grams)

Max.

74in.

2 x Std. Deviation

Mean

Grams 3T

Grams

2.3

0.006

5

%

4.6

-9

40

0.138

0.123

0.130

0.003

-9-1-80

40

.132

.115

.125

.005

4

.010

8

-80

40

.109

.095

.101

.005

5

.010

10

—9

40

0.169

0.145

0.158

0.006

3.8

0.012

7.6

—9-4-80

40

.151

.127

.138

.007

5.1

.014

10.2

-80

40

.130

.114

.120

.004

3.3

.008

6.6

2

rather large variatians in weight af sample with cansequent variations in camputed metal cantent.
If a scaap is used far sample measurement ane shauld check the mean weight af the soil size fractian
selected far the different sail types encauntered. Then if necessary a carrectian factar can be
applied ta the camputed results.
Anamalous metal cantents are aften sa much greater than backgraund content that a correction
factor for scoop weights usually can be ignored in field work. However, where the anomalous
content may be of small magnitude the possible error due to using a volumetric scoop could be

significant.

References
1.

Bischoff, C. T., Testing for Copper and Zinc in Canadian Glacial Soils. T.P. 36761, Trans.

A.I.M.E., ppS7-o1, 1954.
2. Britton, H. T. S., Hydrogen Ions. Chapman and Hall, Ltd., London, p 79, 1942.
3. Grosh, Pennington, Wasson and Cooke, Investigation of Copper—Nickel Mineralization in

Kawishiwi River Area, Lake County, Minn., U.S. Bureau of Mines R.I. 5177, 1955.
4. Grout, F. F., The Lopolith, an igneous form exemplified by the Duluth gabbro, Am. Jour. of
Sci. 46, pp 516—522, 1918.

5. iRvkes, H. E. and Lakin, H. W., Vestigial Zinc in Surface Residuum Associated with Primary
Zinc Ore in East Tennessee. Econ. Geol. Vol 44, pp 286—295. 1949.
6. Huff, L. C., A Sensitive Field Test for Detecting Heavy Metals in Soil or Sediment. Econ. Geol.,
Vol. 46, pp 524-540, 1951.
7. Leach, P., Simple Chemical Tests to Aid Prospectors. Eng. and Mm. Jour., Vol. 148, No. 10,
p 79, 1947.
84

�8.

Lovering, 1. S., Huff, L. C., and Almond, H., Dispersion of Copper From the San Manuel
Copper Deposit, Pinal County, Arizona. Econ. Geol. Vol. 45, pp 493-514, 1950.

9.

Salmi, R., Prospecting for Bog—covered Ore by Means of Peat Investigations. Bull. De La
Commission Geologique de Finlande, No. 169, 1955.

10. Schwartz, G. M. and Davidson, D. M., Geologic Setting of the Copper—Nickel Prospect in the
Duluth Gabbro near Ely, Minnesota. T.P. 33461, Trans. A.I.M.E., pp 699—702, 1952.
11. Schwartz, G. M. and Harris, J. M., Notes on Field Work in the Copper—Nickel Prospect Area,
Lake County, Minnesota. Minn. Geol. Surv. Summary Report No. 6, 1952.
12. Sergeev, E. A., Geochemical Method of Prospecting for Ore Deposits. Selected Russian Papers
on Geochemical Prospecting for Ores. Translated by V. P. Sokoloff and H. E. Hawkes, U. S.
Geological Survey, p 46, 1950.
13. Stevens, R. E. and Lakin, H. W., The chromograph, a New Analytical Tool for Laboratory and
Field Use. U. S. Geological Survey Circ. 63, 1949.

85

�TRENDS IN GEOCHEMICAL EXPLORATION
by

H. E. Hawkes

The art of mineral exploration is at the present time passing through a period of revolutionary
development. In the brief ten years since the war, radically new techniques of appraising ground
for the possibilities of buried ore deposits have not only been perfected but have demonstrated their
effectiveness by contributing to the actual discovery of new deposits. Whereas in the past, mineral
discovery almost invariably started with the work of the independent and often untrained prospector,

the new methods now available make it possible for large, well-capitalized exploration companies to
carry out their own programs of primary exploration. The result has been an acceleration in discovery
rate comparable with the increase in discovery of petroleum reserves with the development of
advanced geophysical methods in the two decades before the war.
Two outstanding features characterize the coming—of—age of mineral exploration techniques. The
most spectacular of these is the perfection of technical methods of mineral reconnaissance of large
tracts of unexplored ground by observations from aircraft. The airborne magnetometer, first of the
low—unit—cost reconnaissance methods, has been credited with the discovery of a substantial number
of our new deposits of magnetic iron ore. Airborne radiometric techniques have been applied widely
in exploration for uranium. More recently, airborne electromagnetic surveys have been effectively
used in detecting electrical conductors, a few of which already have led to the discovery of large
deposits of basemetal sulfides. Air photographs are now generally used as a guide in interpreting
regional geologic structures that may make favorable conditions for the emplacement of ores. The
outstanding characteristic of all airborne surveys is extremely low cost per unit area, even though the
over—all cost of equipment and operation may seem higher than that of the more conventional methods.

The other new development in mineral exploration is the diversify of exploration techniques that
is now commonly brought to bear on each individual problem. Whereas conventional exploration has
been guided primarily by outcrop search and geologic study, followed immediately by drilling, the
tendency now is for independent appraisals of a tract of ground by several or many methods —
geological, geophysical and geochemical — and the synthesis of the indications from all methods in the
interpretation of the economic possibilities.
Geochemical methods of mineral exploration are playing an important part in the evolution of
our mineral exploration techniques. The purpose of this paper is to point out the kinds of contributions
that can be made by geochemical techniques to exploration with special emphasis on application in the
glaciated terranes of the Canadian Shield.
A "geochemical" method of mineral exploration is a method based on mapping variation in the
chemical composition of some naturally occurring material, and the interpretation of the resulting
chemical pattern in terms of possible mineralization in the vicinity. The chemical elements
measured are most commonly the ore metals themselves, present usually only in trace amounts; the
material sampled may be rock soil, stream sediment or water, glacial deposits, or vegetation.

86

�Geochemical Reconnaissance

Probably the oldest method of locating bedrock ore, other than by simple outcrop search, is the
panning of stream gravels for resistant heavy minerals such as gold, and the tracing of the trail of
increasing values upstream to the bedrock source. More recently the waters of streams have been
sampled and analyzed for traces of metals as a method of determining the existence of metalliferous
deposits upstream. A similar pattern can be traced by sampling sediments collected from stream
channels for traces of "exchangeable" metal (metal that is in equilibrium with the water, and hence
that can be dissolved in weak chemical reagents). In all these methods, one sample, properly chosen
and properly analyzed, either mineralogically or chemically, will tell the prospector how much of a
chance he has of finding an orebody in the area drained by the stream. These potentially are methods
of mineral reconnaissance of very considerable power.
Within the last three years, geochemical reconnaissance based on determinations of the exchangeable "heavy metal' (mainly zinc) content of stream sediments has been applied on a large scale to
exploration in New Brunswick and the Gasps Peninsula of Quebec. This method has, or soon will be,
described in detail H the literature (Bloom, 1955; Hawkes and Bloom, 1955 and in press). The
present discussion, therefore, will be limited to a brief summary of the principles and operation of the
method.

Sampling cons!sts of collecting a number of small samples of stream sediment at sites selected on
the basis of optimum coverage. Experience has shown that the chances of missing an important zinc—
bearing deposit is relatively slight if samples are taken within two miles downstream from the deposit.
Common practice is to collect four samples at each site, two from the sedimentary material in the
active channel of the stream, and two from the flood plain within a few feet of the active channel.
Samples should be collected in non—contaminating containers, such as aluminum tins or waterproof
envelopes, and brought back to field headquarters for analysis. One or two ounces of sample is
ordinarily adequate.

Samples are prepared for analysis by drying and sieving to minus 80 mesh, and discarding the
coarse fraction that does not pass through the sieve.

Analysis is by a technique described by Bloom (1955), in which a standard volume of the sample
is shaken with a cold aqueous solution of ammonium citrate to which is added a solution of the
reagent dithizone in xylene or toluene. Exchangeable zinc, and to a lesser extent lead and copper,
in the sample is dissolved in the aqueous citrate solution, and then reacts with the dithizone to give
a color change that is quantitatively proportional to the amount of metal extracted. The xylene
solution of zinc—dithizone is a brilliant red, in strong contrast to the green of the original dithizone

solution. Where insufficient zinc is present to react with all the dithizone available, the resulting
color is a mixture of green and red, the hue of which depends on the relative amounts of unreacted
dithizone and the zinc—dithizone complex. By selecting one of these intermediate colors, such as
gray, for a standard endpoint, it is possible to determine the quantity of zinc extracted from the
sample by adding barely enough dithizone solution to the system to reach the gray endpoint, and then
recording the total volume of dithizone solution added. This test requires only very simple equipment
that can, if desired, be packed as a compact kit for field use.

lnterpretation of the data is facilitated by plotting the values for exchangeable metal directly on
a posting map. In the absence of significant concentrations of metallic mineralization in the drainage
basin above a sample site, the sample will ordinarily contain less than 4 parts per million of exchangeable metal. Samples containing over 10 ppm exchangeable metal may be considered a promising
87

�indication, depending on the size of the stream and the general geologic environment.
containing over 40 ppm are strongly anomalous.

Samples

Follow—up of the most promising indications is carried out most conveniently by carrying a
portable chemical test kit, and making the tests on the spot without drying or sieving. The original
sample site should be revisited, and freshly collected sediment tested again to make sure that the high
values were not due to contamination or to a local source of metal of no significance. Then, the trail
of increasing metal values should be followed upstream to determine as far as possible the source area.
Sediment analysis for exchangeable metals apparently outlines the same geochemical patterns as
water analysis. It has distinct advantages over the water analysis in that the analytical technique is
much easier and more reliable, the metal content does not fluctuate with the weather, dry stream beds
can be sampled, and samples can be stored for future reference.

Both methods, of course, have many limitations. All they can tell is that an unusually rich source
of metal exists in the area upstream or upslope from an anomalous metal indication in the stream.
They rarely lead to the exact location of the source, which must be determined by some other method.
They also do not tell whether the source is a high grade deposit, or a broad zone of disseminated
metal of no economic value. They cannot obtain a response from a deposit that is not undergoing
active oxidation and leaching, such as might occur beneath a lake or swamp.
However, even though
these methods may miss some deposits, and give strong indications from disseminations of no value, they
provide the prospector with extremely valuable ore guides at a very low cost per area covered.

Geochemical Methods in an Integrated Exploration Program
Although geochemical reconnaissance has certain serious shortcomings and ambiguities, the data
of airborne magnetic and electromagnetic surveys also are fraughtwith uncertainties in interpretation.
Geological mapping, furthermore, can only point out areas where, by analogy with areas of known
mineralization, ore ought to occur.

In detailed work in areas of glacial cover, geochemical soil anomalies are commonly associated
with bedrock ore; unfortunately, the anomalies are many times displaced for considerable distances
downslope or down-glacier from the suboutcrop of the ore. Still more unfortunately, strong geochemical soil anomalies have been found and mapped in areas of no important mineralization,
where the source is weakly disseminated metal scattered through a large volume of rock. Geophysical
patterns in detailed work can be equally ambiguous, though in different ways. Geology again can
only tell where the ore ought to be, not where it Is.

Because of this complex of uncertainties, it has become common practice in Canadian exploration work to prepare a series of maps as transparent overlays, each one of which shows the targets
indicated by one particular method. Then the localities where the greatest number of target areas
overlap is considered for more detailed exploration. The purpose of the entire schedule is the
narrowing down of target areas for the final and most expensive phase of exploration, the diamond
drilling. The cost of one wasted drill hole could often pay for a very considerable amount of
preliminary reconnaissance or detailed exploration work.
Mention might be made of a few actual examples of such integrated exploration programs in the
Bathurst District of New Brunswick:
(I) Airborne electromagnetic surveys were used for primary reconnaissance; electromagnetic
88

�anomalies were checked on the ground by geochemical soil surveys; localities where both methods
showed anomalies were drilled.
(2) Primary reconnaissance was by airborne electromagnetic surveys; anomalies were checked
on the ground by both geochemical soil surveys and gravity surveys; where both ground methods
showed anomalies, the localities were drilled.
(3) Primary reconnaissance was by geochemical stream sediment analysis; anomalous wreas were
detailed with geochemical soil surveys and ground electromagnetic surveys; localities showing
both electromagnetic and geochemical soil anomalies were drilled.
(4) Areas for airborne electromagnetic surveys were selected on the basis of regional geochemical
patterns indicated by stream sediment surveys; anomalies were checked on the ground by geophysical methods.

Geological studies accompanied all of the above programs. It should be mentioned that a number
of other exploration schedules have been successfully applied in the Bathurst District that did not
include the use of geochemical methods.

Future Trends in Geochemical Exploration

Geochemical methods of exploration, like geophysical methods, are at the present time going
through a period of rapid development in which new or improved methods are continually being
developed and successfully applied. At the moment, there is no sign that this sharp upward trend is
starting to level off. However, it is still possible to make a few guesses as to what the future may hold
in store.
There is every reason to suppose that methods of geochemical reconnaissance based on analysis of
stream water or sediment for metals other than zinc can be developed. Particular mention might be
made of copper, molybdenum, and uranium as being particularly hopeful. The sampling and analysis
of sediments from the bottom of fresh—water lakes shows promise as a means of locating sources of
metal in the surrounding country; this would be particularly attractive in the Canadian Shield where
aircraft can land on lakes, and samples can be taken without beaching the plane.

Studies of the fine-grained fraction of glacial till holds some promise as a method of appraising
the possibility of mineralization up—glacier from the sample site. Additional experimental work on the
movement of metals from a source in the bedrock up into transported cover such as glacial moraine may
lead to more reliable interpretation of geochemical soil anomalies in glaciated terrane.
The most important trend in geochemical exploration is a human one. More and more geologists
are becoming familiar with geochemical methods of ore finding, and are learning what these methods
can and cannot do. More than ever before, exploration geologists are able to view these new
techniques in their proper perspective with respect to the other available tools, and can integrate
them into well-balanced exploration schedules.

References

Bloom, Harold: A Field Method for the Determination of Citrate—soluble Heavy Metals in Soil and
Alluvium: Econ. Geology, vol. 50, p. 533, 1955.
Hawkes, H.E., and Bloom, Harold: Geologic Application of a Test for Citrate-soluble Metals in
Alluvium;

Science, vol. 122, No. 3158, p. 77, 1955.
89

�Hawkes, H. E., and Bloom, Harold: Heavy Metals in Stream Sediment as an Exploration Guide;
Mining Engineering. (In press.)

Discussion

Dr. J. W. Gruner (University of Minnesota): Are there any interfering ions in this ion—exchange
work?
Dr. Hawkes: In the first place, it is well to remember that what you measure with the Bloom
Test is the group ofelements thatreactwith the reagent, dithizone. The principal metal is zinc, but
the group also includes copper, lead, cobalt, mercury, and platinum, etc. As for interferences, you
run across samples on which the method will not work and where you never know exactly why. Such
effects can result from excesses of iron and manganese which are known to interfere with the
dithizone reaction.

Mr. M. P. Walle (Minnesota Department of Convervation): Has any geobotanical work been
done in New Brunswick?
Dr. Hawkes: I thnk that only a very small amount of experimental geobotanical work has been
done in New Brunswick. The reason that the geobotanical method has not been more widely used is
that you can usually find the same patterns by soil sampling, and with much less effort than you can
with plant sampling.

Mr. Neil B. Ivory (University of Minnesota): Would geochemical methods be useful for detecting
deposits under the lakes by dispersion of metals into the lake—bottom sediments or water?

Dr. Hawkes: This question opens up a field that we know very little about. On the surface of
it, yu would say "No", but yet the fact is that you do find strong anomalies in some lakes that
must be due to mineralization lying beneath the lake—bottom sediments. There are two possible ways
that this could come about: one is that metal—rich glacial material derived from the pre—glacial
outcrop, is deposited around the lake, then leached by modern ground water and the extracted metal
deposited in the lake bottom; the other explanation is that perhaps solution and migration actually
do occur in the reducing environment under the lake even though we can visualize no mechanism
whereby this could take place. That is not answering your question. I am sorry, I wish I could because I would like to know the answer myself.

Dr. W. S. White (U. S. Geological Survey): What has been done with respect to water flowing
into swamps and water flowing out of swamps?

Dr. Hawkes: Undoubtedly swamps do have an effect similar to lakes in precipitating metal.
This effect, however, is not as universal or striking as you would expect. Ordinarily, metal—rich
waters will retain most of the metal content on their way through a swamp. You cannot say the same
of lakes; you do find strong anomalies in waters going into the lakes, that are absent in the water
draining the same lakes. My hunch is that the effect in the lakes is due to plankton that scavenge
the metal and then die and collect at the bottom; you do not get this condition in swamp waters.
Water that filters through the muck of swamps would at first undergo a change in composition but in the
course of time the metal content of the muck would come up to an equilbrium value, and then nothing
further would happen. One limnologist some years ago published an account of the variation in copper
in a glacial lake in Connecticut: he found that the copper content was distributed in three ways —
90

�one was ionic copper, another copper in living organisms (plankton), and the third was copper in
dead organic material. The limnologists have technical names for all of these. Depending upon the
time of year, the weather, the sunshine, and the composition of water entering the lake, the ratios
between these three kinds of copper varied tremendously. The content of ionic copper in the lake
was much more a measure of the season than of the copper content of waters entering the lake.
Incidentally, he found that the ionic copper content of the inlets went up by a factor of 10 in the
middle faIl when the leaves were rotting.

Dr. Gruner: Has any work been done on peat with respect to the concentration of heavy metals?
Dr. Hawkes: Yes, there has. Empirical work has shown that peat does absorb just about every
metal. The agricultural people are also concerned about this same problem as muck farms are very
valuable for raising certain kinds of produce. While I can say that a lot has been done, I would not
dare try to summarize it here. In general, muck serves as a trap for trace metals. There was one
muck farm in New York State adjoining a zinc—bearing Silurian dolomite formation; the zinc leached
from the surrounding rocks accumulated in the muck until in spots the dry weight of the muck was as
much as 16% zinc oxide; some of the ashed samples contained nearly 100% zinc oxide.
In reply to a question from the floor I would say that "heavy metals" refers to a group of minor
elements that react with the reagent dithizone. This reagent is most sensitive for zinc which is also
the metal that is most likely to be in the stream sediment in major quantities. In our work the only
other metals that were present in sufficient quantities to give a positive response were copper and
lead; excesses of copper over zinc can be distinguished by the different color of copper—dithizone
complex. I am sure you realize that in most ore deposits, metals go together in characteristic
groups. Thus if you have a nickel deposit you will probably find copper; if you have a silver deposit
you will probably find lead and zinc. Hence even with a method that measures only copper, lead
and zinc you can get an indication of the majority of ore types. There are, of course, a good many
you may not be able to detect, as for example high—grade silver deposits, tungsten, columbium,

tin, etc.
Dr. Yardley: I wish to call attention to a paper on "Prospecting for Bog Covered Ore by Means
of Peat Investigations" by Dr. Martti Salmi of Finlandt It presents some very interesting data in
connection with peat and muck and the effect of humic acid on their fixing powers. Trace elements
in these organic materials are multilplied by 7, 8 and as high as 20 times that of clay minerals;
they are a very powerful fixative agent. We have done a little work in northern Minnesota on this
and we do find anomalies at a depth of 3 or 4 feet, that is considering the vertical profile. The
shape of these apparently reflects whether it is essentially a transported anomaly or a non—transported
anomaly. That work has not gone very far yet, but there is a little information on these peats.

Dr. Gruner: Dr. Yardley mentioned humic acid. Now there is some information on humic acid
available from investigations that are being conducted by the Chemical Engineering Department of
the University of Minnesota. I got hold of some of it the other day and I thought I would try to see
whether I could absorb uranium with this pure stuff because peat absorbs uranium very rapidly.
got a negative result with humic acid.
I

Dr. Dutton: One phase of geochemical prospecting that Dr. Hawkes did not mention is in drill
holes. Would you tell us something about it, Dr. Hawkes?

* Reference

9, p.

85.
91

�Dr. Hawkes: Several of the oil companies, one in particular that I know of, are using
geochemical logs for stratigraphic correlations of their holes. They find that by analyzing for
particular elements (1 am not sure which ones they are, but I think there are four that have been
found useful) and plotting the values on vertical sections, they can get very good drill hole
correlations just as you do with electric logs, gamma ray logs or other types of geophysical logs.
They take very large numbers of samples and feed them through an instrument known as a quantometer
or automatic spectrograph. The samples are poured in at one end, and the analytical data comes out
on punched tape at the other end. Something like this might be helpful in the Iron Ranges of Lake
Superior where you want to correlate, or even find out whether you have, a stratigraphic section in
the sequence. Some work of this kind has, in fact, been done on titanium.
Dr. Dutton: Dr. Hawkes refers to some work in the Cuyuna district in Minnesota. In this area
the iron formation, which is primarily interbedded siderite and chert, or silicate and chert, lies between slates and siltstones. The question arose as to methods for distinguishing sediments that were
younger than iron formation from those older than iron formation. In a bulletin of the Minnesota
Geological Survey, resulting from a cooperative investigation of the Cuyuna by the Federal and the
State surveys, several of 12 or 15 chemical analyses have an exceptionally high content of TiC2 for
sediments; some of these analyses ran as high as 2%. The samples with high Ti02 were in what was
presumed, on the basis of the mapping done in the mines, to be hanging—wall materials. Dr. M.
Fleischer of the Geochemical and Petrology Branch in Washington was asked whether or not it was

likely that the titanium content would be sufficiently persistent and sufficiently characteristic that it
could be used for stratigraphic purposes. He replied that he did not know actually, but it so happened
that some of the chemists in the Branch had just perfected a field test for titanium and they were
interested in trying it. Two chemists came to the Cuyuna district and in three days made 75 determinations. The determinations can be made in 10 minutes from the time the sample is selected and the
cost is 10 cents. In three days they were able to show that there was a very diagnostic split in the
titania values for the iron formation, for the rocks below the iron formation, and the other rocks
above. The iron formation was the lowest of all three — less than a 1/2%. The rocks below the iron
formation were approximately 1 to 1 1/2%, and the rocks above the iron formation 2% or more than
2%. This has been a most useful tool in working in the Cuyuna district inasmuch as within the
vicinity of the mines, the only exposures of bedrock are in the pits themselves. There has been much
drilling but unfortunately most of it has been churn drilling so only cuttings are generally available.
Mr. R. G. Schmidt of the U. S. Geological Survey has run thousands of titania determinations on
cuttings and it has been a tremendous help to him in tracing out the stratigraphic sequence in areas
between mines and from that the structure in the Cuyuna district. The general method of this field
test for titanium was published in Economic Geology*.
I think that other things of a similar nature might very well be used. The matter of trace elements
for stratigraphic purposes is a tool of which as yet we do not recognize the full potentialities and it
is simply a matter of trying to find techniques which are sufficiently perfected that they can be used
readily in the field. An offshot of this titanium test came from one of the Oliver Mining Company's
geologists and concerned the rapid determination of iron content in a sample. In the titantum test
a reagent is added to put the iron into solution so that it does not mask the color by which the amount
of Ti02 is determined. In a field test for iron the general procedure is similar, but this decolorizing
reagent is omitted. The sample solution is diluted a proper amount in accordance with having
calibrated a photographic light meter with chemically analyzed samples. The photographic light

*Shapiro, Leonard, and Brannock, W. W.: A Field Method for the Determination of Titanium in

Rocks, Econ. Geol. Vol. 48, No. 4, pp. 282-287, 1953.
92

�meter is then used to determine the amount of iron in the digested sample at the same dilution.
is a quick, easy method for field determination of iron.

A member: How accurate is that?

Dr. Dutton: I would be inclined to say within W% accuracy but I am not sure.

93

This

�APPLIED PHOTOGEOLOGY
by

W. Warren Longley

(Ira nscription)

In the beginning 1 should mention that Aero Service Corporation, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, is
sponsoring this talk, and affiliates of that company, Knox, Bergman and Shearer of Denver, Colorado,
have assisted me in preparing some of my material.
I wish to discuss the general field of Photogrammetry and procedure followed in the Denver
office in interpreting photographs. Most people know the value of aerial photographs for geological
purposes, but few are familiar with the detailed procedures from the photography through to the
final geological report. 1 regard it as a serious matter that so few geologists recognize what can be
accomplished in Photogeology.
find this is true not only with the general public, but with my
associates in the field of Geology as well; and it is particularly annoying that at times 1 am not able
to convert my own students who are studying Photogeology.
shall, therefore, mention some facts
in order that you may recognize the many uses of aerial photographs, and then 1 want to discuss in
detail the problems of photo-interpretation in the Canadian Shield. It should be pointed out that
geological interpretation of aerial photographs in the Canadian Shield, including western Upper
Michigan, is quite different from that in most sections of the oil areas of this country.
I

1

In regard to photogrammetry, all branches of interpretation depend on the quality and
character of the initial photographs, and for that reason we must have good coverage and good photos

in our initial work.
Insofar as the historical development of photography in geology is concerned, 1 believe that
some of the early efforts were made in the Canadian Rockies where horizontal photographs were taken
from one mountain peak to another and in that way some aid was given to geological mapping. As
time progressed we find that our first true aerial photographs were taken during World War 1.
Following that, the equipment and techniques developed during World War 1 were applied, and in
the late twenties and early thirties extensive use was made of oblique photos. Oblique photos can
still be used to a certain extent in aiding geological investigations, but they do not have the
advantage of the verticals.

My first work with vertical aerial photographs was in 1936. From that time on the quality of the
photographs and the techniques have been improving. I should mention here that Aero Service
Corporation has been among the pioneers in the field of aerial photography and photogrammetry.
might make here a distinction usually recognized by geologists: photogrammetry is primarily the
compilation of various kinds of maps as contrasted to geological interpretaion. Most geologists do
not like the tedious work of photogrammetry — they prefer having maps prepared for them and then
proceeding to the geological study. Aero Service Corporation works primarily in the photography
and photogrammetry fields. In their organization they now employ over 800 people and conduct
project in photogrammetry and photogeology throughout the free world.
1

94

�In photogramrnetry, there are several problems to be considered and one of most importance is
that the ohotogaphs must beadaptedto the lob in mind. There are many varieties of photography,
of lenses, cameras, and final pictures, and in all of these one cannot do a proper lob unless the
proper photographs are available. For instance, if you want to make a planimetric map of a city,
photographs taken with a long focal—length lens at considerable height would be most satisfactory.
If you want to work on geological interpretation and wish vertical control, then you need photographs
taken with a short local-length lens. The lens most frequently used in this country has a focal—
length of six inches. The focal—length of the lens has an influence on the pictures, and one should
know what lens is best for a particular job.

Re con na i ssa n c e

In general reconnaissance work one wants a rapid coverage of the ground. Photography will be
used in studying only major ground features. For such general reconnaissance there are several things
we can do, one of which is to take vertical photographs on a scale of about one to 60,000 or one to
70,000. Taking vertical photos at that scale means that the airplane must be fairly high. When I
first started work in photography and photo—interpretation, such photographs would not have been
possible because the planes could not fly high enough. Another thing one can now do for this
general reconnaissance coverage is to use a so—called tn—met camera system in which three photographs are taken simultaneously — left, right, and along the axis of flight. In that way it is possible
to get a wide coverage in a single flight that is quite satisfactory for reconnaissance work. Another
system being used for a wide coverage is low oblique. This is at an angle of about 120 that is
rectified to the vertical plane for study. Thus, in general reconnaissance there are several choices—
the vertical photographs, of a scale around 60,000 or 70,000, the tn—met system, or the low obliques.

Detailed Reconnaissance

In so—called detailed reconnaissance a different problem presents itself. Detailed reconnaissance
yields excellent photographs for geological study. In this work a common practice is to employ scales
of around one to 20,000, possibly one to 40,000, or occasionally around one to 15,000. One to
15,000 represents roughly 4 inches to the mile. 0n a.photo of this scale, using a magnifying
stereoscope, one should be able to see a log across a creek and to pick out individual trees and
objects of that kind. Using a scale of one to 40,000, only the major structural features will appear.
The photo—interpreter, therefore, must know the general situation, must know his objective, and know
precisely what scales are most adaptable. Of course, it is the problem of the photo—expert to
appraise any land area or any particular geological region and to advise what photographs will do the
best lob toward the desired objective. Detailed reconnaissance can also be done by enlarging
photos, such as one to 60,000, but direct photographs are much better.

Detailed Surface Mapping

Now we come to another stage — that of detailed surface mapping. Detailed surface mapping
is used in many engineering projects and also around a mine or mining prolect. For instance, in
mapping for petroleum, usually the project will deal with hundreds of square miles. In mine mapping
it might be a matter of a few square miles, and for these we might be using scales down to one to
1,000. The problem involved here, with photographs on a scale of one to 1,000, is that the vertical
control will require the use of some of the more complicated photogrammetric devices, such as the
95

�Kelsh Plotter, Multiplex, Autograph, or Planograph, but with suitable photographs and the proper
equipment one can get very detailed maps. Also, with stereoscopic study there are many features that
the trained photo-interpreter can recognize.
It must be realized, of course, that photographs do not solve all the problems of geology.
Geological field work must accompany the photo interpretation in order to obtain the best results.
That is to say, geological problems not solved in the photographs must be solved in the field, and that
again leads to the objective of the job. There are many photographic interpretation projects in which
the interpreter never leaves his office. The interpretation may be excellent, but one might say that
for the best quality map the geologist should do detailed field checking. The photographic
interpretation is merely a means whereby a much better final map will be produced at a fraction of
the cost of ground mapping.

Films

Many new developments in the past few years have served as aids to photogrammetry. Panchromatic film is now being used which has a much greater latitude than film available a few years ago.
Interpretation can be much more specific from this film, and I suspect we will find many improvements
in film over the next few years. Infra—red is another film which has been used extensively in aerial
photography in recent years. Infra-red film has some very decided advantages, particularly in forest
survey work in some sections of the country. The primary advantage is where one wants to make a
distinction between deciduous trees and conifers. If one wants to recognize species, infra—red is
not as satisfactory as panchromatic film. I want to emphasize that because in some sections of
Canada the ability to distinguish between deciduous and coniferous trees is very significant in
interpreting geology, and a sharp contrast is obtained by using infra—red. Infra—red is also important
when working in swamp areas, because the ground moisture is more apparent when photographed
with infra—red film than with other films.

The branch which 1 believe is presently receiving the greatest research attention is color
photography. Color film for the usual 9" x 9" photograph is several times more expensive than
panchromatic film. In a newer development, attention is focused on 55 millimeter film, and most
of you are familiar enough with color to know that because of the "grain" one can use much smaller
negatives of color than of black and white for the same final quality of picture. Interest is
generated here, for in studying many geological features with color, detail obtained cannot be
matched by black-and-white photography. I believe, therefore, that color photography in Geology
has a great future.
Some places where color differentiation may have a particular advantage are around metal
deposits, particularly those of hydrothermal origin. It might be said on theoretical grounds that there
should be extensive rock alteration around hydrothermal deposits. An increase in certain metal
constituents in the soil should be reflected in the vegetation. It is believed that the different soil
conditions and different metal constituents have an influence on vegetation. It can be demonstrated
that certain species oF vegetation do absorb greater amounts of certain metals than other species.
An area of primary research now is related to the effect of unusual soil on the initiation of the
growing season and on early or late ripening. Another very significant factor is autumn coloration.
If any great strides along these lines are to be made, it must be recognized that photography must be
done at very specific seasons, and we hope that we can make some very significant contributions

along this line.

96

�Control

Also to be considered is the control of aerial photography. Any one using vertical pictures
taken many years ago undoubtedly has been annoyed by flight strips going apart and coming together
and by all kinds of gaps and irregularities. Through the application of radar principles we have
developed procedures whereby it is possible to control a flight line. In trackless country a flight
line can be laid out by radar which the airplane can follow specifically to get complete coverage
and avoid the weaving for which the pilot cannot be blamed. Adding some shoran principles, we can
determine the instantaneous position of the airplane, and I believe at the present time with some of
our procedures we can spot our airplane position within 25 feet, and the position of the photograph
center within 75 feet. Thus, when necessary, not only can we fly very straight parallel lines, but we
can determine the precise relative position of the individual photos. With this principle we have
tremendous potentialities for precise mapping which, of course, can be used directly with our
geological work.

Magnetics

In connection with geological interpretation, we have new additions in other branches. The
airborne magnetometer has contributed very greatly to photo interpretation, and new electromagnetic
airborne equipment promises a revolution in magnetic work. Involved with the electro—magnetic
work is a wide range of possible applications. This airborne instrument work is lust now in its infancy,
and I am sure that over the next few years we are going to find tremendous applications of it as an
assistance in photo interpretation.

Commercial Photogeological Evaluation Methods

Although various applications of photogeologic evaluation are used in ground water geology,
hard rock geology, soil analysis and general geology, the major percentage of photogeological
evaluation conducted today is directed towards oil exploration. The following discussion, therefore,
focuses upon the principal method used today in compilation of data from the stereoscopic examination
of air photographs for purposes of oil exploration.

Consulting geological firms that specialize in photogeological evaluation are not equipped to
compile air photograph coverage. They depend upon commercial and governmental agencies such
as Aero Service Corporation and the Commodity Stabilization Service as a source for air photograph
coverage. These agencies also offer mosaic coverage.

Initial Procedures

A three—fold operation initiates a photogeologic evaluation: Geological research, indexing and
filing, and base—map construction. Geological research is conducted throughout the project area.
This research is aimed towards the compilation of all geological data available from the literature
both as regards structural geology and stratigraphy. Inasmuch as the entire geological evaluation
must be based upon criteria observable on air photographs, any aid in the way of published field

data facilitates the photogeological evaluation. While research is being conducted, the air
photographs, mosaics and other materials used in the analysis must be properly indexed and filed.
This routine task is important for the smooth operation of a photogeological evaluallon. The third
97

�process, initiated at the inception of a project, is the construction of base maps and accrual of control
data for subsequent use in the drafting processes intimate to the final photogeological map compilation.
If aerial mosaics are not available from either governmental or commercial agencies, the photo—
geological firm must be prepared to construct mosaics. Mosaic construction, initiated prior to the
geologic interpretation of air photographs, must be completed prior to geological evaluation so that
the photos used for mosaic construction can also be used for geological interpretation.

Photogeologica I Evaluation

Upon conclusion of research, indexing and filing, the photogeological interpretation of the air
photos is commenced. This geological study, the most important phase of photogeological evaluation,
consumes a majority of the total time expended. In an area of considerable size the photogeological
evaluation proceeds on 15' quadrangle increments. Each IS' quadrangle is assigned to a geologist

for photo interpretation. After the geologist annotates every other air photograph and ties the
photogeological interpretations within flight lines as well as between flight lines, the annotated
photographs are submitted to a second geologist who studies the area to ascertain validity of the

initial geological interpretation. At the termination of this geological evaluation, all of the final
map data, except for the land network and drainage, are shown on the air photographs. These data
include structural geology, stratigraphy, and culture.

Mosaic Posting

The posting of mosaics is a common step between the annotation of the air photographs and

compilation of geological data to a land network. Either semi—controlled or controlled mosaics at a
scale of 1/48,000 or 1/63,360 are used in this process. Mosaic annotation is not made directly on the
mosaic emulsion surface. Thin acetate overlays, affixed to each mosaic, receive the pencil
annotations. This method has two direct advantages: one, the acetate has a uniform surface that is
amenable to pencil annotation, and two, upon completion of the acetate annotation, a preliminary
print can be made from the annotated acetate for an early examination of the photogeological results.
Cartographic draftsmen transfer data shown on air photographs to aerial mosaics.
At the completion of geological interpretation and mosaic annotation, a set of preliminary maps
printed from the acetate overlays is available to the client. At this time a geological field check of
the photo evaluation is conducted. The field check is not aimed towards making a field map out of
the photogeological evaluation, but rather to confirm the stratigraphical identification of rock units
as well as questionable structural interpretations. All field derived data are shown on the aerial
photographs, the aerial mosaics and on the final maps.

Drafting Procedures

Where photogeological evaluations are used in oil exploration, it is mandatory to orient the
geological data with respect to sections, townships and ranges. Hence, compilation of photogeo—
logical maps is inseparably related to land network identification.
During the geological evaluation of air photographs, section tine fences and roads as well as
prominent cultural detail are identified, and these control data are recorded on the pictures and
98

�annotated on the mosaics. A fair density of control is, therefore, available for orienting geological
patterns with respect to the land network when the drafting stage is approached. If control data are
scarce, various literature is used to further control identification. This literature includes topographical sheets, General Land Office plats, County Highway planning maps, and township plats. If mosaic
construction is of average quality, an imperial linen base map tracing is placed over the annotated
mosaic, and geological data are traced on the imperial linen in ink. The control established prior to
drafting is used to orient the base map over the annotated acetate. After the map is completely
drafted in ink, a geological and cultural legend and title are affixed thereto. The final map is
colored with printer's ink and prepared for submittal. A photogeological report that sets forth the
salient features of the evaluation plus conclusions in regard to oil exploration is prepared to accompany
the final photogeological map.
The Canadian Shield

I will now go on to the next stage, that of particular applications of photogeology to the
Canadian Shield. In oil areas one usually finds erosion in a satisfactory stage; the most ideal
circumstance for photogeology is the mature stage of the erosion cycle, together with arid conditions.
In the Canadian Shield there is a general cover of glacial till. Combined with this in many areas is
a heavy timber cover. Consequently, conditions for photo interpretation in the Canadian Shield are
somewhat undesirable, but there are many things that can be done. Insofar as metal deposits are
concerned, we recognize a relationship between these deposits and certain kinds of igneous rocks; we
also recogifize the relationship between metal deposits and fault and shear zones. This means that if
we can make some distinction between rock types and detect fault and shear zones, we have made a
contribution toward the ultimate goal in hard—rock geology of finding a mineral deposit.
Another situation I should mention is the great scarcity of outcrops. When we start our photo—
interpretation, therefore, we have to rely on slight relief and on drainage. On the photographs the
only things we have are color tones and textures. Using stereo photos, the primary features to be
searched for are linear structures on the upland areas, linear segments in streams, and also any linear
distribution of the vegetation, Steeply dipping faults and shear zones have a rather linear expression,
while low—angle faults do not have a true linear expression and will be more curved.

In regard to vegetation, it is possible by careful analysis to recognize whether there is a deep or
thin covering of soil; a thin one is helpful at times. If all one can do is pick out shear zones, why
not pick them out on the ground and save trouble? I might point out one example on which I worked:
I knew that there should be a strong fault zone going through a certain area, and I knew within a
mile where it should be. When I first went to the field, did not have air photographs, and I searched
that place back and forth for over two weeks trying to pick up the fault zone which I knew should be
there. On the ground I could not find it because of till, low relief, and timber. finally got the
photographs and within five minutes of studying them I was able to pick up the fault zone; there could
be no question of its location, and one could trace it through the area. The point that I want to bring
I

I

out is that many features can be seen and traced on the photographs that cannot be seen on the ground.
In Precambrian areas careful topographical representation is significant because slight changes
can mean a change in rock type. Of prime importance in Precambrian mapping for mineral deposits
is complete delineation of sedimentary belts and lava belts, and their relationship to the surrounding
igneous masses; minor changes in topography may show up these characteristics. Of course, detailed
topographical expression can be worked out only with instruments such as the Kelsch Plotter, but even
form—line sketching or contour—line sketching can be a tremendous help in presenting geological
99

�features. Another significant feature is

the drainage.

In initial geological work a very detailed

of all streams is helpful, because even though till covers the bed rock, the stream distribution
and the stream pattern may be significant in interpretation.
plotting

In the Precambrian areas such as I have worked on, the field checking procedures are far more
extensive than in ordinary petroleum work. This means that it is necessary to have a photo interpreter
in the field with a crew for ground checking and with some liaison between field crew and office men,
the latter working with instruments that could not be carried out in the field, e.g., the Kelsch Plotter.

plotting devices that Itis proved its accuracy and simplicity
and is regarded as one of the more significant of the instruments in geological work.

The Kelsch Plotter is one of the
years

in recent

In regard to Canadian work, in summary and conclusion, I can just say that it is a difficult lob;
many geologists express the opinion that the details of geology cannot be worked out from photographs.
It is my opinion that a tremendous contribution can be made by photography, and at the present time
with the use of the airborne magnetometer, we have an additional field. Recently I was rechecking
one of my field lobs after airborne magnetic work had been done, and in several places where I was
still in doubt after detailed photo study and field checking, I was able to settle the problems without
question from the results of the airborne magnetic work. By combining airborne magnetometer work
with photography, we are in a position to get a rather detailed map —- one from which we can select
the more favorable areas for subsequent exploration. I believe that the application of these procedures
will result in geological information, I should say rather than maps, many times more complete than
has been available without the photographs, particularly with the additional information from
magnetometer work. I believe that the careful application of these procedures will lead us to some
new mineral deposits more readily than we have been finding them.
In regard to discovering mineral deposits, the previous speaker employed a rather difficult method
of approach. The way I have suggested is equally difficult and, of course, it will be recognized that
this work that I have taken up will be preliminary to such work as he has suggested in geochemistry.
A significant factor in the discovery of a Gaspe', Quebec, copper deposit was the easy way that I
suggest you all try. One geologist who used his head more than his feet walked in to see my chief at
that time, Dr. I. W. Jones of the Quebec Department of Mines. He lust said, "I want a copper
deposit, a large deposit of low—grade ore. Where is one?" Dr. Jones turned to him and told him
where to go in Gaspe' to look for it, and there it was waiting. For many years Dr. Jones had done
much mapping in that region. Most geologists thought that there were no mineral deposits of importance south of the St. Lawrence River in Quebec, and few had looked there; so when the gentleman
came along, it gave Dr. Jones an opportunity to tell him where there really was some copper, and
this information led to the discovery. I suggest, therefore, that you try that way first, and if it does
not work, you will have to resort to photogeological work along with geochemical work.

Discussion

Dr. H. E. Hawkes, Jr. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology): In what way does photogrammetric
work have an advantage over what the geologists have been trying to do otherwise for some time?

Dr. Longley: I can give an example applying detailed photogrammetry to the geologic interpretation. Around 1946 I mapped the Bachelor Lake area in the Province of Quebec and showed the
prospectors where the ore was. I did a rough contour job using form lines which helped considerably,
but I was criticized because, as the detailed work around the mines showed, the elevations did not
check with mine, and the engineers said my map was not accurate. It was not intended to be
100

�accurate. Had that same lob been done with a Kelsch Plotter or Multiplex, for example, it would
have been a far superior map and would have been of far more help to the mining engineer in his
operations and also helped in geological interpretations. Photogrammetry would have yielded a
superior map to the one I was able to produce by the routine procedure of photo interpretation. For
the geologist making up a map in critical areas, there would be considerable advantage to a detailed
map made by the more precise mapping instruments. That was the only place I did run into severe
criticism because my map was not good enough. To the people using the maps, the form lines were
interpreted as contour lines and they proceeded accordingly.
The general situation is that physiography is very important in the interpretation and presentation
of geological features, Detailed mapping of surface features, such as can be done with a Kelsch
Plotter or Multiplex, provides an excellent physiographic base to aid in the geological interpretation
and presentation.

101

�MODERN TECHNIQUES OF

PHOTOGEOLOGY AND PHOTOGRAMMETRY
IN NATURAL RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
by

John C. Bayless

Aerial photography has come a long way since the days following World War I when Talbert
Abrams helped pioneer aerial surveying and the cameraman hung over the side of the cockpit with a
hand—held camera. Today, a military jet can photograph for reconnaissance purposes a 490-mile
strip across the United States in less than four hours. But photography and photogrammetry for
geologists and engineers are long past the reconnaissance stage and have become precise tools and
desirable components of nearly all mapping operations. The aerial camera is the modern surveying
instrument in the search for minerals and fuels to support our national economy.
The principal value of aerial photographs is that detailed maps can be made from them. The
photogrammetry of overlapping pairs of aerial photographs for quantitative data is so perfected that
virtually no ground detail is too small to be measured and plotted. Applications in the fields of
natural resource development, engineering planning, and area mapping are almost without limit.
Photogrammetrically plotted maps are an important supplement to aerial photographs as contact
prints because, in plotting, the radial distortion of scale and displacement of images on the photograph due to tilt or relief has been rectified to an orthographic projection. Thus accurate distances
and directions can be measured. Topographic contours or control points for structural contours in
absolute elevations are often plotted. For field work in densely vegetated areas or in areas with only
faint geologic clues, an accurate topographic map has distinct advantages in locating oneself on the
photograph and in the field.

A geologic map in the full meaning is a geologic contact map with topographic contours. By
relating contacts to contours a detailed interpretation is best accomplished. Reconnaissance contact
maps are usually prepared by transferring the pattern of formational outcrops from individual
photographs onto photographic mosaics. Geologic maps are compiled by photogrammetric plotting
using stereoprojection equipment.
The production of geologic maps by photogrammetric methods effects savings by reducing the
number of supplemental control points which must be obtained by ground survey. In addition, when
higher altitude photography is used, the increased area covered by each model, and the fewer models
required with less time spent setting up and joining detail between models, result in savings in
stereocompilation. From the viewpoint of the photogeologist, stereoprojection instruments partly
solve the problems of relating or transferring geology to base maps. These instruments also combine
stereoscopy in orthographic projection with the ability to make many measurements more easily than
those he now makes on the ground.
The trend today is for specialized teams of photogrammetrists to work with teams of photogeo logic
102

�interpreter specialists to produce geologic maps.* Such joint operations bring together the planes,
laboratories, photogrammetric instruments, plotting techniques, field operations, reproduction
processes and technical and professional staffs to provide an integrated interpretation and mapping
program. This seems to be a reasonable approach to applying two specialized techniques to the
expanding requirements for geologic mapping and the need for more detailed mapping.
Planimetric maps can be constructed by geologists or engineers from aerial photographs using a
system of radial—line plotting based on the usual surveying principles of intersection and resection.
These methods are not very accurate and most photogrammetrists and engineers, who are concerned
with precision mapping, consider them to be of reconnaissance value only.

Greater accuracy is obtained by using stereoprojection plotters. The development of new first—
order plotting instruments has hastened the adoption of Kelsh and Multiplex photogrammetric instruments by geologists by making available these less elaborate plotters which today generally have a
supporting role in mapping for precise engineering projects. A Kelsh stereoscopic projection plott&amp;r
is shown in Figure I. Projectors are mounted above a plotting table in such a way that they exactly

duplicate, on a reduced scale, the altitude, tilt, and position of the aerial camera at each picture
station along the flight line. Working in a dark room the operator sees a three—dimensional image of
the topography. By means of a small tracing table which can be moved freely on the plotting table,
he traces the ground plan, controlled by known ground stations and corrected for tilt, radial distortion, and scale.
Topographic contours can be plotted by using a floating dot in the stereoscopic image of the
topography and some known ground elevation control points. The operator can set the dot correctly
at elevation control points and, using the contour scale selected, move the dot and tracing table
along the given contour, automatically tracing the line on the map.
The principles of photogrammetric mapping also apply to structure contouring. If a topographic
contour map is not to be prepared, the geologist selects on aerial photographs evenly spaced points
along the formation or marker bed boundaries to serve as structure contour control points. He pin—
pricks them through the photograph and identifies each on the back. Depending upon the scale, 15
to 30 points per square mile are selected. The photogrammetrist determines the elevations and sometimes the coordinates of these points so that the geologist can then contour the structure on a key bed.
Such methods may be three to four times faster and also are more accurate than plane table mapping.
In recent years a trend has developed toward the use of special photography flown to suit the
needs of given projects. It is often cheaper to fly new photography correctly designed than to attempt
to use older photography designed for some other purpose. The best opportunity to save money and
time is at this point. For example, when Kelsh plotters are used with a 5X projection enlargement
ratio, 1:60,000 photography can be plotted directly to 1:12, 000 map scale. Three to five 1:60,000
photographs cover the area of about thirty 1:20,000 photographs, the usual available scale. The use
of this small—scale photography may save one—half to two—thirds the plotting time, some flight costs,
and considerable ground control.
On the other hand, there is also a demand for new large—scale photography.

Stratigraphic and

* Abrams Aerial Survey Corporation, Lansing, Michigan is affiliated with Doeringsfeld, Amuedo and
Ivey, Denver, Colorado for integrated photogrammetry and photogeologic interpretation.
103

�Fig. I. Kelsh type stereoscopic projection plotter. Spatial model is created by projection of
9" x 9" glass diapositives made from aerial photographic negatives. Tracing of ground plan
and measurement of altitude are accomplished by a tracing table which rolls over the manuscript with a pencil lead directly under the illuminated floating dot.
geomorphic columnar sections may be better interpreted from stereoscopic study at large scales.
Columns showing hard layers and ridge makers are particulary useful to photogeologists. As in the
case of precise structure contouring, thicknesses of stratigraphic units are best measured by photo—
grammetric techniques.

A convenient medium for speeding the work of the interpreter to the user is a reproducible photo—
mosaic on the same scale as the contact prints. A recent development is printing the mosaic image
on the under surface of reproduction linen. While viewed over a light table, the geology can be
transferred to the clear top surface using a stereoscope and the original annotated contact prints.
If topographic and structure contour maps are also accomplished on linen at the same scale, these
can be fitted and traced directly onto the mosaic. Topographic contours are usually traced on the
back side over the mosaic while structure contours are drawn on the top side with other geology. The
result is a photograph of the region and superimposed geology with contours which can be viewed
separately or together. There is also the advantage of a durable drafting surface on which changes
can be made without affecting the photographic image.
104

�The historical principles of interpretatiai of oiogic maps appty to the interpretation of aerial
photcphs. In the training of a geologist todoylt is difficult to determine which should be studied
fiat because there are Ixisic similarities, diffe-ences, and limits to each. Culture is shown in full
detail on aerial photographs while the geologic map depicts only the landmarks considered essential
by the mapper. Tie photograph indicates generally what is at the surface and the geologic map usually
indicates an interpretation of bedrock beneath the mantle. However, in this latter regard, aerial
photographs frequently revl subtle tones, patterns, forms or relief which are keys to the bedrock or
structure not evident to a person on the ground. Photographs when viewed as stereo—pairs under a
stereoscope revI relative relief while a geologic map compiled photograrnmetrically has topographic
contours which indlte actual relief as detailed as required. The fact is. that modern geologic maps
are likely to be based on the it-iterpretation of photographs, and have been compiled photogrammetrically.

Pitoto—interpretatlon involves more than the identification of features. The interpreter supplements hi direct observation by deduction and by visualizing obscure or hidden features with the
guidance of previous experience and reasoning. This is an essential difference between photo—reading
and interpretation. The value of the map increases with the degree to which the latter is applied.
Both havi a :ommon starting point, the recognition of diagnostic features.

Many extellent emples of photogeology are in company files but generally are not available
for publication. However, a good list of outstanding photographs has been prepared by the American
Geological Institute as Report No. 5 j95J, and isa source of materials for training programs.
There are two basic phases of photogeologk 4nterpretaflon. One is the mapping of rock types
and formation units and the other is the determinatton of rock 4ructure. Each of these is somewhat
specialized in the several fields of economic geology but the objective in any case is the compilation
of a geologic map.
Consolidated sedimentary rocks are recognized by their stratification which appears on photo-'
graphs as banded outcrop patterns, If the beds are horizontal, the contacts will be horizontal and

their surface traces will parallel topographic contours.
Beds that have been titled and subsequently truncated by erosion crop out as belts. Where
streams cross the outcrops a V—shaped pattern develops with the V1s pointing in the direction of dip.

Folded beds are often expSssed at the surface by belts which form parallel ridges and valleys,
or looped and zigiag ridges wbh canoe—shaped valleys. Antic lines and sync lines are differenttated
through analysis of the dip of beds. If the stratigraphic sequence is recognized, anticlinal axes are
located along the oldest beds exposed in the center. In a synclin:e the opposite is true.
Sedimentary rocks are distinquished on photographs mainly on the basis of stratification, and
differentiated by comparative color and resistance to erosion The latter are suggestive only Color
depends on the character of the rock and the vegetation at supports Resistance to erosion depends
not oniy.on the physical and chemical characteristics of the rock but on the climatic environment as
well, Limestone and dolomite, for example, are very susceptible to erosion in humid regions but
frequently form ridges in arid regions. Pure limestone and dolomite are characteristically light but
impurities produce darker colors. Frequently, distinctive horizon markers rather than formation units
are selected to map structure even through the lithology may be unknown.

Extrusive igneous rocks are distlnuished mainly by their surface Irregularity, a ground plan

�which suggests a mobile form, and association with vents such as cones or fissures. More recent flows
are barren and usually dark in color. Geologically ancient lavas may not be recognizable except by

a field check of lithology or structure.
Massive, intrusive igneous rocks usually appear to cut across stratified rocks with discontinuous
contacts. Dikes are recognized on photographs by their linear form, group pattern and by their
cross—cutting relations. Petrographic distinctions are rarely possible even though color tone is used
to determine form and structure.

Joints and fractures are recognized by angular patterns in the drainage or by a grooved or
striated appearance of the bedrock.
Faults are conspicuous where the outcrop pattern has been offset or interrupted. Fault traces
unnoticed on the ground may be prominent on aerial photographs as linear boundaries between areas
of contrasting vegetation and soil coloration. An escarpment and color contrast mark the line of a
fault in igneous rocks in Figure 2.

Fig. 2 . Huronian lavas in upper part of photograph faulted down against intrusive igneous rocks
in lower part, Marquette County, Michigan (Photography by Abrams Aerial Survey Corporation).

106

�Iv'Sore widespread ue of color photography is just around the corner for photo—interpretation.
Where browns, yellows and greens may be diagnostic, details in rock strata, soils and vegetation may
be lost because these colors photograph as,about the same shade of grey on black-and-white photo-

grapiy.
Another advantage of color photography is that the eye can differentiate about 200 shades of
grey in the tone scale between black and white. In contrast, there are about 200,000 different
combinations hi the color scale. Reds and whites, gradations in yellows, and even some gradations
in whites can be seen on color photographs. Usually one cannot differentiate features depending on
these color cfcnges on black—and-white photographs. In this respect, color photography has been
particularly useful in outlining areas of leaching around mineralized zones.
In the past few years it has been thoroughly demonstrated that bleaching and discoloration by
hydrothermal alteration can generally be mapped more rapidly, effectively and accurately using color
aerial photography than by ground methods alone.* In some areas blanket alteration up to four miles
across has been mapped on color photographs and in others alteration effects limited to the immediate
walls of ore bodies can be observed. Alteration mapping on color photographs is being used as a
guide to uranium exploration on the Colorado Plateau.
Color photographs must be relatively large—scale to register adequate color separation suitable
for alteration mapping. Where individual veins are to be delineated, photography should probably be
I" — 250' to I" = 500'. Up to I" z 1500' may be used for reconnaissance of mineralized areas. If
stratigraphic boundaries, lateral variations, and structure are to be interpreted, scales as small as
I" = 2500' may be used.

Proper exposure and haze filtration are always critical in color photography. Colored acetate
sheets can be used to correct some errors in color reproduction. Filter sheets are also useful In
emphasizing certain colors for interpretation purposes.
The trend toward wider application of photogeology and photogrammetry in geologic interpretation and mapping is paying off in better maps at lower costs. The details of areas mapped are
commercial secrets of the client. However, it is well known that most of the major oil companies
and many mining companies are using these exploration techniques at an accelerated rate. As the
integration of photogrammetry and photogeology gains momentum, increasing economies can be
expected.
Many factors have conspred to make this a very brief discussion of the subject. The literature,
such as "Photogrammetric Engineering" published by the Society of Photogrammetry, reports many of
the newer applications. I will be very glad to correspond at any time on questions concerning the
applications of modern photogeologic and photogrammetric techniques.

* Abrams Aerial Survey Corporation is affiliated with Colorado Exploration Company, Golden,
Colorado for geological and geophysical contracting to the mining industry. The writer is indebted
to that company for some data on interpretation of color photographs.

17

�Di Sc U55 iOn

Mr. R. A. Spencer (Consolidated Mining &amp; Smelting Company): What are the costs of color
photography as compared to black and white?
Mr. Bayless: Color aerial photography costs at least twice as much as black-and—white aerial
photography. However, what is the cost of aerial photography? It is the sum of the costs of mobilization of a plane and crew, the film, and laboratory processing and is a function of scale, the size
of the project, the geographic location and the contractor's estimate of the expected weather conditions. The latter is of particular import in color photography and the requirement for absolutely
clear weather usually necessitates much longer stand—by times. Color film costs four times that of
black_and_white film but the laboratory costs may be about the same if only color transparencies are
delivered.
Very small color photographic projects of a few square miles in Michigan may cost about the same
as black-and-white photography because of the high unit area mobilization for all small projects.
However, black and white photography of medium size projects at 1:6000 scale costs $60 — $100 per
square mile and color photography would be more than this. About $20 to $40 per transparency is a
representative cost for vertical color photography. This does not appear at first consideration to
compare favorably with "government" black-and-white photography which so many of you use.
However, the usual government photography is at 1:20,000 scale and is contracted, for large areas,
under very competitive conditions for $3 to $6 per square mite.
We are faced with similar problems when giving generalizations on costs of photogrammetry and
stereo—plotting. Plotting of topographic maps may range from pennies to dollars an acre depending
your scale, contour interval, content and relief of the areas. Ground control is hard to estimate

until you know the availability and location of existing control and what must be done to bring it to
the project area. Control can cost from 50 cents a square mile to 50 cents an acre.

Dr. A. W. Jolliffe (Queen's University, Kingston, Canada): It seems to me that these papers
have stressed the geologic interpretation of aerial photographs. I think it should be noted that to
some extent the photographs themselves are most useful in geologic mapping. I am speaking now from
long experience in the northwestern part of the Canadian Shield where we have a lot of barren outcrop and not much overburden as in the area Dr. Longley referred to. Here it is very difficult to
make interpretations despite good exposures and the abundance of linear features, and the chief use
of the photographs is as an actual base for geologic plotting.
One other point in regard to Dr. Longley's procedures: We utilize every available piece of
geologic information prior to the interpretation of the photographs and field check afterwards and I
suggest that any geologic interpretation is just as accurate as these two necessary procedures. Again,
on the basis of my experience, the use of photographs seems to me to be chiefly as bases for plotting.
This is heresy to anybody who makes such extensive use of complicated photogrammetric apparatus
but my point is this that the geology does not warrant too much in the way of detailed rectification
of plotting. The radial—line method is of sufficient accuracy for mast geologic maps.
Dr. A. M. Goodwin (Algoma Ore Properties, Limited, Canada): Are there examples in which the
difference in cost between color photography and black and white is warranted in the finding of a
mineralized area?
Mr. Bayless: There are indeed such examples and I am embarassed for not being able to give you
108

�the names of the districts. The work was done by an affiliate of our organization in some of the old
Colorado mining districts. Some of the work was done around Aspen. There resulted a number of new
discoveries that were identified by colors associated with leaching in areas that had been walkea over
for many years by field men who knew the geology.

Of course, there are other aerial survey companies besides those represented here tocav. A
ne
California firm has a large color contract in South America about which you may have reaa
National Geogrphic Magazine. They showed recently in Chicago some of the color photog-ap /
that was being done in a copper district. I cannot say whether or not they show anything that was
not already known but they were or are photographing and presumably interpreting and mapping
many square miles.

Color photography is one of those things that is looked upon highly by photogrammetrists. I
found this when talking to the Atomic Energy Commission people in Grand Junction, Colorado.
Photogrammetrists praised the technique though geologists thought black and white was serving their
needs about as well on the Plateau. It may be a reluctance to accept something new. There is also
the matter of higher costs. We are doing color photography, but I do not want to over sell color. As
a matter of a fact it is so touchy" that we are very happy to work in black and white.

I should like to make a comment on radial plotting. I do not mean to belittle it. Certainly
there is more radial—line plotting than any other type today by individuals and by mining companies
with interpretation sections. Many of the things that I have talked about are on the verge of becoming more universally accepted. The use of stereo plotting instruments as a tool for geologists is
something that is coming and developing fast. But it is certainly true that there are many projects in
which the accuracy of simple radial control is quite satisfactory.
There is another trend that has not been mentioned thus far. That is the integrated program of
natural resource development in which bed rock geology, soils, and forest and water resources are
mapped for engineering planning and design and for exploitation. This program involves the work of
many specialists. Projects of this kind are going on abroad, and similar work is being planned in this
country too.
A question may be raised as to why foreign photogrammetric equipment is being used by many
American aerial survey companies. Swiss, German and Italian instruments are all being introduced
because they are more efficient and offer control extension capabilities.

109

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="19">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="16970">
                  <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <itemType itemTypeId="1">
      <name>Text</name>
      <description>A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text.</description>
    </itemType>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16950">
                <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology: Proceedings, 1956</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16951">
                <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology: Geological Exploration. Michigan Institute of Mining and Technology, Houghton, Michigan, May 11-12, 1956. </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16952">
                <text>Institute on Lake Superior Geology</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16953">
                <text>Michigan College of Mining and Technology</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16954">
                <text>1956</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="42">
            <name>Format</name>
            <description>The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16955">
                <text>PDF</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="44">
            <name>Language</name>
            <description>A language of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="16956">
                <text>English</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
</itemContainer>
